WO2024007923A1 - Communication method, apparatus, and system - Google Patents
Communication method, apparatus, and system Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2024007923A1 WO2024007923A1 PCT/CN2023/103451 CN2023103451W WO2024007923A1 WO 2024007923 A1 WO2024007923 A1 WO 2024007923A1 CN 2023103451 W CN2023103451 W CN 2023103451W WO 2024007923 A1 WO2024007923 A1 WO 2024007923A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- terminal device
- data transmission
- information
- media data
- handover
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W4/00—Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
- H04W4/20—Services signaling; Auxiliary data signalling, i.e. transmitting data via a non-traffic channel
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W4/00—Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
- H04W4/50—Service provisioning or reconfiguring
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W4/00—Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
- H04W4/80—Services using short range communication, e.g. near-field communication [NFC], radio-frequency identification [RFID] or low energy communication
Definitions
- the present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular, to a communication method, device and system.
- terminal devices such as smart phones that are easy to carry, smart TVs with super large screens, smart watches that are compact and lightweight but with small screens, etc. These devices usually Call services are supported, but the user experience is different. From the perspectives of call continuity and maximizing user experience, users often need to transfer call services between different terminal devices. For example, when a user is making a video call with a friend on a smartphone, if the user returns home from outdoors, he or she may need to transfer the video call from the smartphone to a smart TV so that the user can view the video call through a smartphone with a larger screen and higher definition. TV to continue video calls with friends.
- This application provides a communication method, device and system for transferring call services between different terminal devices.
- embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, which can be applied to a first terminal device or a module in the first terminal device.
- the embodiments of the present application are not limited to the specific execution subject of the method.
- the first terminal device performs M media data transmission services between the first terminal device and the second terminal device; the first terminal device passes through a short distance
- the communication connection sends handover instruction information to the third terminal device, and the handover instruction information instructs the third terminal device to perform P media data transmission services between the third terminal device and the second terminal device, and the P media data transmission services are used to replace N media data transmission services among the M media data transmission services; and, the first terminal device determines that the third terminal device has started to execute the P media data transmission services After that, the execution of the N media data transmission services is suspended or terminated; wherein each media data transmission service is used to transmit and/or present the connection between the user of the first terminal device and the user of the second terminal device.
- the first terminal device can send handover instruction information to the third terminal device through the short-range communication connection to hand over the N media data transmission services to the third terminal device, thereby enabling the first terminal device to transfer the call service to the third terminal device. field to a third terminal device. In this way, the first terminal device and the third terminal device do not need to be pre-bound.
- the first terminal device can send handover instruction information to the third terminal device through the near field communication connection.
- “one-click transition” can be realized ” (For example, if the user triggers the transition button on the first terminal device, the call service of the first terminal device can be transferred to the third terminal device) or “touch transition” (for example, the user can transfer the call service of the first terminal device to the third terminal device) By touching the third terminal device, the call service of the first terminal device can be transferred to the third terminal device), which can effectively improve the user experience; and, since the first terminal device and the third terminal device can directly communicate through the proximity
- the distance communication connection is used to communicate, the implementation of transition is relatively simple, and the transition delay can be effectively reduced.
- the method further includes: sending handover credential information to the third terminal device through the short-range communication connection, where the handover credential information indicates that the control function entity of the call service allows the The third terminal device takes over from the second terminal device to perform the media data transmission service.
- the transition plan is more applicable.
- the method further includes: sending handover credential request information to the control function entity, where the handover credential request information includes information about the user of the first terminal device and the third terminal device.
- the device identification, the user information of the first terminal device and the device identification of the third terminal device are used to generate the handover voucher information; receiving the handover voucher information from the control function entity.
- the method further includes: receiving a short-range broadcast message from the third terminal device, the short-range broadcast message being The distance broadcast message includes the short distance broadcast identification of the third terminal device; and the device identification of the third terminal device is determined according to the short distance broadcast identification of the third terminal device.
- the method further includes: sending the address information of the control function entity to the third terminal device through the short-range communication connection.
- the handover instruction information includes handover object information
- the handover object information is used to indicate the N media data transmission services.
- the first terminal device can flexibly determine the handover object and indicate the handover object to the third terminal device through the handover object information, so that the third terminal device can clearly know the handover object.
- the handover object information includes identifiers of the N media data transmission services.
- the method further includes: receiving media capability information from the third terminal device through the short-range communication connection, where the media capability information is used to indicate that the third terminal device supports Media data transmission service: determine the handover object information according to the media capability information.
- the handover object information is determined based on the media capability information of the third terminal device, it is possible to avoid transition failure due to media capability limitations of the third terminal device and ensure a successful transition.
- the handover instruction information includes a user identification of the second terminal device and/or an identification of a session between the first terminal device and the second terminal device associated with the call service.
- determining that the third terminal device has started executing the P media data transmission services includes: receiving handover completion information from the third terminal device, where the handover completion information is used to indicate The third terminal device has started executing the P media data transmission services.
- the method further includes: sending control information to the third terminal device through the short-range communication connection, where the control information is used to control the P media data transmission services.
- the first terminal device can also control the P media data transmission services of the third terminal device by sending control information.
- the third terminal device is a device that is inconvenient to operate and the first terminal device is a device that is easy to operate, the user can perform operations on the first terminal device to control the P media data transmission services of the third terminal device to facilitate Improve user experience.
- embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, which can be applied to a third terminal device or a module in the third terminal device.
- the embodiments of the present application are not limited to the specific execution subject of the method. Taking this method applied to a third terminal device as an example, in this method, the third terminal device receives handover instruction information from the first terminal device through a short-range communication connection, and the handover instruction information instructs the third terminal device to perform P media data transmission services between the third terminal device and the second terminal device, the P media data transmission services are used to replace the P media data transmission services between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
- N media data transmission services
- the third terminal device performs P media data transmission services between the third terminal device and the second terminal device according to the handover instruction information; wherein, each media data The transmission service is used to transmit and/or present media data associated with the call service between the user of the first terminal device and the user of the second terminal device; N is less than or equal to M, and P is greater than or equal to or less than N.
- the method further includes: receiving handover voucher information from the first terminal device through the short-range communication connection; sending the handover voucher information to the control function entity.
- the credential information indicates that the control function entity of the call service allows the third terminal device to perform P media data transmission services between the third terminal device and the second terminal device.
- the method further includes: receiving address information from the control function entity of the first terminal device through the short-range communication connection.
- the handover instruction information includes handover object information
- the handover object information is used to indicate the N media data transmission services.
- the handover object information includes identifiers of the N media data transmission services.
- the method further includes: sending media capability information to the first terminal device through the short-range communication connection, where the media capability information is used to indicate media supported by the third terminal device. Data transmission service; wherein the media capability information is used to determine the handover object information.
- the handover instruction information includes a user identification of the second terminal device and/or an identification of a session between the first terminal device and the second terminal device associated with the call service.
- the method further includes: sending handover completion information to the first terminal device through the short-range communication connection, where the handover completion information is used to indicate that the third terminal device has started execution.
- the P media data transmission services are used to indicate that the third terminal device has started execution.
- the method further includes: receiving control information from the first terminal device through the short-range communication connection, where the control information is used to control the P media data transmission services.
- embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, and the execution subject of the method may include a first terminal device and a third terminal device.
- the first terminal device performs M media data transmission services between the first terminal device and the second terminal device; and, sends handover instruction information to the third terminal device through a short distance communication connection, the The handover instruction information instructs the third terminal device to perform P media data transmission services between the third terminal device and the second terminal device, and the P media data transmission services are used to replace the M media N media data transmission services in the data transmission services;
- the third terminal device receives the handover instruction information from the first terminal device, and executes the communication between the third terminal device and the first terminal device according to the handover instruction information.
- the method further includes: the first terminal device sending handover voucher information to the third terminal device through the short-range communication connection; and the third terminal device receiving the handover voucher information.
- the handover voucher information is sent to the control function entity of the call service, and the handover voucher information indicates that the control function entity allows the third terminal device to take over the second terminal device to perform the media data transmission service. .
- the method further includes: the first terminal device sending handover credential request information to the control function entity, where the handover credential request information includes information about the user of the first terminal device and The device identification of the third terminal device, the user information of the first terminal device and the device identification of the third terminal device are used to generate the handover voucher information; the first terminal device obtains the information from the control function The entity receives the handover credential information.
- the method further includes: the first terminal device receiving a short-range broadcast message from the third terminal device, where the short-range broadcast message includes a short-range broadcast message of the third terminal device. Broadcast identification; the first terminal device determines the device identification of the third terminal device based on the short-range broadcast identification of the third terminal device.
- the method further includes: the first terminal device sending the address information of the control function entity to the third terminal device through the short-range communication connection; the third terminal device According to the address information of the control function entity, the handover voucher information is sent to the control function entity of the call service.
- the handover instruction information includes handover object information
- the handover object information is used to indicate the N media data transmission services.
- the handover object information includes identifiers of the N media data transmission services.
- the method further includes: the third terminal device sending media capability information of the third terminal device to the first terminal device through the short-range communication connection.
- the information is used to indicate the media data transmission service supported by the third terminal device; after receiving the media capability information of the third terminal device, the first terminal device determines the handover object information according to the media capability information. .
- the handover instruction information includes a user identification of the second terminal device and/or an identification of a session between the first terminal device and the second terminal device associated with the call service.
- the method further includes: the third terminal device sending handover completion information to the first terminal device through the near field communication connection, where the handover completion information is used to indicate that the handover completion information
- the third terminal device has started to execute the P media data transmission services; the first terminal device determines that the third terminal device has started to execute the P media data transmission services according to the handover completion information.
- the method further includes: the first terminal device sending control information to the third terminal device through the short-range communication connection; the third terminal device receiving the control information,
- the control information is used to control the P media data transmission services.
- embodiments of the present application provide a communication device, which has the function of implementing the method described in the first aspect.
- the communication device includes modules or units or means (means) that perform the steps involved in the first aspect.
- the functions, units or means can be implemented by software, or implemented by hardware, or can also be implemented by hardware.
- the communication device includes a processing module and a communication module, where the communication module can be used to send and receive signals to implement communication between the communication device and other devices; the processing module can be used to execute the communication device some internal operations.
- the processing module is configured to: perform M media data transmission services between the first terminal device and the second terminal device; the communication module is configured to: transmit data to the third terminal through a short distance communication connection.
- the device sends handover instruction information, and the handover instruction information instructs the third terminal device to perform P media data transmission services between the third terminal device and the second terminal device, and the P media data transmission services used to replace N media data transmission services among the M media data transmission services; and, the processing module is also used to: after determining that the third terminal device has started executing the P media data transmission services, suspend execution Or terminate the execution of the N media data transmission services; wherein each media data transmission service is used to transmit and/or present the call service association between the user of the first terminal device and the user of the second terminal device.
- media data N is less than or equal to M
- P is greater than or equal to or less than N.
- the communication module is further configured to: send handover credential information to the third terminal device through the short-range communication connection, where the handover credential information indicates that the control function entity of the call service allows the The third terminal device takes over from the second terminal device to perform the media data transmission service.
- the communication module is further configured to: send handover credential request information to the control function entity, where the handover credential request information includes information about the user of the first terminal device and the third terminal device.
- the device identification, the user information of the first terminal device and the device identification of the third terminal device are used to generate the handover voucher information; receiving the handover voucher information from the control function entity.
- the communication module is further configured to: receive a short-range broadcast message from the third terminal device, where the short-range broadcast message includes the short-range broadcast identification of the third terminal device; the processing module is further Used to: determine the device identifier of the third terminal device according to the short-range broadcast identifier of the third terminal device.
- the communication module is further configured to: send the address information of the control function entity to the third terminal device through the short-range communication connection.
- the handover instruction information includes handover object information
- the handover object information is used to indicate the N media data transmission services.
- the handover object information includes identifiers of the N media data transmission services.
- the communication module is further configured to: receive media capability information from the third terminal device through the short-range communication connection, where the media capability information is used to indicate that the third terminal device supports Media data transmission service; the processing module is also used to: determine the handover object information according to the media capability information.
- the handover instruction information includes a user identification of the second terminal device and/or an identification of a session between the first terminal device and the second terminal device associated with the call service.
- the communication module is further configured to: receive handover completion information from the third terminal device, where the handover completion information is used to indicate that the third terminal device has started executing the P pieces of media data. transmission business.
- the communication module is further configured to: send control information to the third terminal device through the short-range communication connection, where the control information is used to control the P media data transmission services.
- the communication device includes a processor and may also include a transceiver, the transceiver is used to send and receive signals, and the processor executes program instructions to complete any possible design or implementation in the first aspect.
- the communication device may further include one or more memories, the memory being used to couple with the processor, and the memory may store necessary computer programs or instructions to implement the functions involved in the first aspect.
- the processor can execute the computer program or instructions stored in the memory. When the computer program or instructions are executed, the communication device implements the method in any possible design or implementation manner in the above-mentioned first aspect.
- the communication device includes a processor, and the processor may be configured to be coupled to a memory.
- the memory may store necessary computer programs or instructions to implement the functions involved in the first aspect.
- the processor can execute the computer program or instructions stored in the memory. When the computer program or instructions are executed, the communication device implements the method in any possible design or implementation manner in the above-mentioned first aspect.
- the communication device includes a processor and an interface circuit, wherein the processor is configured to electrically
- the method communicates with other devices and performs the method in any possible design or implementation manner in the first aspect.
- embodiments of the present application provide a communication device, which has the function of implementing the method described in the second aspect.
- the communication device includes modules, units or means for executing the steps involved in the second aspect.
- the functions, units or means may be implemented by software or hardware, or may be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
- the communication device includes a processing module and a communication module, wherein the communication module can be used to send and receive signals to implement communication between the communication device and other devices; the processing module can be used to perform the communication Some internal operations of the device.
- the communication module is configured to: receive handover instruction information from the first terminal device through a short-range communication connection, where the handover instruction information instructs the third terminal device to perform the communication between the third terminal device and the third terminal device.
- P media data transmission services between the second terminal devices the P media data transmission services are used to replace the N media data transmission services between the first terminal device and the second terminal device;
- the processing module is configured to: execute P media data transmission services between the third terminal device and the second terminal device according to the handover instruction information; wherein each media data transmission service is used for transmission and/or Media data associated with the call service between the user of the first terminal device and the user of the second terminal device is presented; N is less than or equal to M, and P is greater than or equal to or less than N.
- the communication module is further configured to: receive handover voucher information sent from the first terminal device through the short-range communication connection; send the handover voucher information to the control function entity, and the handover voucher information is sent to the control function entity.
- the credential information indicates that the control function entity of the call service allows the third terminal device to perform P media data transmission services between the third terminal device and the second terminal device.
- the communication module is further configured to: receive address information from the control function entity of the first terminal device through the short-range communication connection.
- the handover instruction information includes handover object information
- the handover object information is used to indicate the N media data transmission services.
- the handover object information includes identifiers of the N media data transmission services.
- the communication module is further configured to: send media capability information to the first terminal device through the short-range communication connection, where the media capability information is used to indicate media supported by the third terminal device. Data transmission service; wherein the media capability information is used to determine the handover object information.
- the handover instruction information includes a user identification of the second terminal device and/or an identification of a session between the first terminal device and the second terminal device associated with the call service.
- the communication module is further configured to: send handover completion information to the first terminal device through the short-range communication connection, where the handover completion information is used to indicate that the third terminal device has started execution.
- the P media data transmission services are further configured to: send handover completion information to the first terminal device through the short-range communication connection, where the handover completion information is used to indicate that the third terminal device has started execution.
- the communication module is further configured to: receive control information from the first terminal device through the short-range communication connection, where the control information is used to control the P media data transmission services.
- the communication device includes a processor and may also include a transceiver, the transceiver is used to send and receive signals, and the processor executes program instructions to complete any possible design or implementation in the second aspect. method within the method.
- the communication device may further include one or more memories, the memories being used to couple with the processor, and the memories may store necessary computer programs or instructions to implement the functions involved in the second aspect.
- the processor can execute the computer program or instructions stored in the memory. When the computer program or instructions are executed, the communication device implements the method in any possible design or implementation manner in the second aspect.
- the communication device includes a processor, and the processor may be configured to be coupled to a memory.
- the memory may store necessary computer programs or instructions to implement the functions related to the second aspect above.
- the processor can execute the computer program or instructions stored in the memory. When the computer program or instructions are executed, the communication device implements the method in any possible design or implementation manner in the second aspect.
- the communication device includes a processor and an interface circuit, wherein the processor is configured to communicate with other devices through the interface circuit and execute the method in any possible design or implementation of the second aspect. .
- the processor can be implemented by hardware or software.
- the processor can be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, etc.; when implemented by software,
- the processor may be a general-purpose processor implemented by reading software code stored in memory.
- the above processors may be one or more, and the memories may be one or more.
- the memory can be integrated with the processor, or the memory can be provided separately from the processor. In the specific implementation process , the memory and the processor can be integrated on the same chip, or can be respectively provided on different chips. The embodiment of this application does not limit the type of memory and the arrangement method of the memory and the processor.
- embodiments of the present application provide a communication system, which includes the communication device provided in the fourth aspect and the communication device provided in the fifth aspect.
- the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium.
- Computer-readable instructions are stored in the computer storage medium.
- the computer reads and executes the computer-readable instructions, the computer is caused to execute the above-mentioned first aspect and Methods in any possible design of the second aspect.
- the present application provides a computer program product, which when a computer reads and executes the computer program product, causes the computer to execute the method in any possible design of the first aspect and the second aspect.
- the present application provides a chip, which includes a processor coupled to a memory for reading and executing software programs stored in the memory to implement the above first and second aspects. any possible design approach.
- Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of the network architecture of the IMS network provided by the embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the call interface provided by the embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of a possible registration process provided by the embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of a possible session establishment process provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of a possible session modification process provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 7 is a schematic flow chart corresponding to the communication method provided in Embodiment 1 of the present application.
- Figure 8 is a schematic flow chart corresponding to the communication method provided in Embodiment 2 of the present application.
- Figure 9 is a schematic flow chart corresponding to the communication method provided in Embodiment 3 of the present application.
- Figure 10 is a schematic flow chart corresponding to S907 and S908 in Embodiment 3 of the present application.
- Figure 11 is a schematic flow chart corresponding to S907 and S908 in Embodiment 3 of the present application.
- Figure 12 is a schematic interface diagram of the first terminal device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 13 is a possible exemplary block diagram of the device involved in the embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 14 is a schematic diagram of a possible structure of the device involved in the embodiment of the present application.
- the network architecture may include multiple terminal devices and control function entities.
- the multiple terminal devices include, for example, a first terminal device, a second terminal device, and a third terminal device.
- the control function entity is used to provide multiple terminal devices.
- a call service between users of the device (for example, a user of a first terminal device and a user of a second terminal device).
- the call service may include, for example, an audio call service and a video call service.
- the user of the first terminal device can correspond to the subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card or virtual SIM card installed in the first terminal device.
- SIM subscriber identification module
- the SIM card is taken as an example for explanation.
- the SIM card can be understood as the key for terminal devices to access the mobile network.
- the SIM card and its evolution are collectively referred to as SIM cards in the embodiments of this application.
- the SIM card can be an identification card for global system for mobile communications (GSM) digital mobile phone users, used to store the user's identification code and key; for another example, the SIM card can also be a global user identification card.
- GSM global system for mobile communications
- USIM universal subscriber identity module
- signaling corresponding to the call service can be transmitted between the first terminal device and the second terminal device through the control function entity.
- the first terminal device can send a call request message for the call service to the second terminal device through the control function entity.
- the second terminal device accepts the call request of the first terminal device, the second terminal device can send a call request message to the third terminal device through the control function entity.
- a terminal device sends a call response message, and after the first terminal device receives the call response message, media data associated with the call service can be transmitted between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
- the call request message and the call response message are both signaling.
- the call request message can be, for example, a session establishment request message described below
- the call response message can be, for example, a session establishment response message described below.
- the call service associated information can be transmitted between the first terminal device and the second terminal device. media data. It can be understood that the media data associated with the call service can be transmitted between the first terminal device and the second terminal device through other possible functional entities (not shown in FIG. 1 ).
- the first terminal device can transfer the call service to the third terminal device.
- the third terminal device can perform signaling interaction with the control function entity.
- the third terminal device and Media data associated with the call service can be transmitted between the second terminal devices.
- the transfer of call services between different terminal devices is also called a "site shift".
- the device before the site shift (such as the first terminal device) can be called the device that initiates the site shift. Or site shift initiating device (site shift originating device).
- site shift initiating device site shift originating device.
- the device after the shift (such as the third terminal device) can be called the device that accepts the transition or the site shift terminating device (site shift terminating device).
- the terminal equipment and control function entities are introduced in detail below.
- Terminal equipment may be called user equipment, terminal, mobile station, mobile terminal, etc.
- Terminal devices can be widely used in various scenarios, such as device-to-device (D2D), vehicle to everything (V2X) communication, machine-type communication (MTC), and the Internet of Things (internet of things, IOT), virtual reality, augmented reality, industrial control, autonomous driving, telemedicine, smart grid, smart furniture, smart office, smart wear, smart transportation, smart city, etc.
- Terminal devices can be mobile phones, tablets, computers with wireless transceiver functions, wearable devices, smart home devices, etc.; among them, wearable devices can be, for example, smart watches or head-mounted display devices (such as virtual reality (VR) ) head-mounted display), the smart home device can be a smart TV, for example.
- the terminal device may include the functions of user equipment (UE) defined by the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) standard specifications.
- 3GPP 3rd generation partnership project
- the control function entity may include a registration function entity and a call function entity.
- the registration function entity is responsible for the registration of terminal devices, and the call function entity is used to implement call services between users of multiple terminal devices.
- the registration function entity can communicate with the call function entity. For example, the registration function entity can notify the call function entity of the successfully registered terminal device, and then for the successfully registered terminal device, the call function entity can provide call services to the user of the terminal device. For unregistered terminal equipment, the call function entity does not need to provide call services.
- the entities in the embodiments of this application may also be called functional entities or network elements.
- the entity can be either a network element in a hardware device, a software function running on dedicated hardware, or a virtualized function instantiated on a platform (for example, a cloud platform).
- a platform for example, a cloud platform.
- the above entity can be implemented by one device, or can be implemented by multiple devices together, or can be a functional module in one device, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application.
- the call services between different users can be call services provided by the Internet Protocol (IP) multimedia subsystem (IP multimedia subsystem, IMS) network, or they can also be other possible calls.
- IP Internet Protocol
- IMS IP multimedia subsystem
- IMS network is a brand-new multimedia service form, which can meet users' newer and more diverse multimedia service needs.
- the IMS network uses the session initiation protocol (SIP) as the main signaling protocol, so that it can provide users with call services, such as audio call services, video call services, etc.
- SIP session initiation protocol
- the call service between different users is a call service provided by the IMS network as an example for description.
- the network architecture can include home subscriber server (HSS), call session control function (CSCF) entities, service centralization and continuity application servers (service centralization and continuity application server, SCC AS), optionally, the IMS network can also include a DC server.
- HSS home subscriber server
- CSCF call session control function
- SCC AS service centralization and continuity application server
- DC server optionally, the IMS network can also include a DC server.
- HSS It is the main storage of data related to users and services in the IMS network.
- the data stored in the HSS may include subscription information, access parameters and service trigger information, user security context, user network access authentication key information, roaming restriction information, etc.
- CSCF entity It is the call control center of the IMS network and is used to implement the call session control function (CSCF).
- the CSCF entity can be further divided into serving-call session control functions (serving-call session control function, S-CSCF) entity, proxy-CSCF (Proxy CSCF, P-CSCF) entity, query-CSCF (interrogating-CSCF, I-CSCF) entity.
- serving-call session control function serving-call session control function
- S-CSCF serving-call session control function
- proxy-CSCF Proxy CSCF, P-CSCF
- query-CSCF interrogating-CSCF, I-CSCF
- the P-CSCF entity is the first connection point to access the IMS network, and all session messages originating from and terminating at terminal devices that support IMS must be forwarded through the P-CSCF entity.
- the S-CSCF entity is the control core of the IMS network and provides session control and registration functions for terminal devices.
- the I-CSCF entity can connect the S-CSCF entity and the P-CSCF entity and is used to provide terminal equipment with access to the home network.
- SCC AS It is the application server of the IMS network, used to establish the data transmission channel (such as audio channel, video channel), etc.
- DC server used to implement DC application functions. For example, when the user of the first terminal device and the user of the second terminal device are making a video call, if the user of the first terminal device triggers the DC application, the DC server can DC guidance channel 1 is established between the first terminal device and the DC server, and DC guidance channel 2 is established between the second terminal device and the DC server; further, the DC server can be between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
- Establish a DC application channel to transmit DC application data For example, the interactive data between the user of the first terminal device and the user of the second terminal device, such as liking each other, sending emoticons, etc., these interactive data can be used as data between users. This is supplemented by interactive data provided by microphones and cameras.
- the DC application data may also be other data, such as media data used for remote collaboration and desktop sharing, which are not limited in the embodiments of this application.
- IMS network may also include other possible functional entities or servers, which are not specifically limited.
- the functions of the control function entity in Figure 1 can be implemented by one or more functional entities and/or servers in the IMS network.
- the function of the control function entity can be implemented by the HSS, CSCF entity and SCC AS (or HSS, CSCF entity, SCC AS and DC server) in the IMS network; further, when the control function entity includes the registration function entity and the call function
- the function of the registration function entity can be realized by the HSS and CSCF entities
- the function of the call function entity can be realized by the CSCF entity, SCC AS and DC server.
- the call service may include audio call service and video call service.
- a related device such as a terminal device
- the audio call service can also be called a voice call service, and the media data associated with the audio call service can include audio data. Therefore, the relevant equipment of the audio call service can perform a media data transmission service, that is, the audio data transmission service; audio data transmission The service is used to transmit and/or present audio data associated with the audio call service.
- the media data associated with the video call service may include audio data and video data. Therefore, the relevant equipment of the video call service can perform two media data transmission services, namely the audio data transmission service and the video data transmission service; among which, the audio data transmission service uses The video data transmission service is used to transmit and/or present the audio data associated with the video call service.
- the video data transmission service is used to transmit and/or present the video data associated with the video call service. It can be understood that in other possible embodiments, audio data may also be included in video data. In the embodiment of this application, the video data does not include audio data as an example for description.
- the call service may refer to a call service between two users, or may refer to a call service between two or more users.
- the call service between two users is taken as an example for description.
- both the first terminal device and the second terminal device are related devices for the call service.
- the first terminal device may perform one or more media data transmission services, that is, the first terminal device may transmit and/or present media data associated with the call service.
- the first terminal device transmits the media data associated with the call service, which may include: the first terminal device pushes the media data associated with the call service to the second terminal device, and/or receives the call service association pushed by the second terminal device media data.
- the first terminal device pushes the media data associated with the call service to the second terminal device, which may mean: the first terminal device obtains the media data (for example, the first terminal device collects audio data through the microphone on the first terminal device) ), encode the media data, and send the encoded media data.
- the first terminal device receiving the media data associated with the call service pushed by the second terminal device may refer to the first terminal device receiving the encoded media data sent by the second terminal device and decoding the media data to obtain the media data.
- the first terminal device presents the media data associated with the call service, which may include: the first terminal device pushes the second terminal device
- the media data is presented (for example, if the call service is a video call service, the first terminal device plays the audio data pushed by the second terminal device as sound, displays the video data pushed by the second terminal device as animation, etc.), and/or , and present the media data pushed to the second terminal device (for example, if the call service is a video call service, the first terminal device can display the video data collected by the first terminal device as animation).
- the call light application is a call application that supports running during calls (such as audio calls or video calls).
- Light applications can also be called light applications or data channel (DC) applications.
- DC applications can be, for example, screen sharing, remote collaboration, or other possible applications, and are not specifically limited.
- the user of the first terminal device can trigger the DC application.
- the audio call interface of the first terminal device may include a control for triggering the DC application.
- (a) in Figure 3 identifies the control by "DC application”.
- the first terminal The user of the device can perform operations on the "DC application” (such as clicking "DC application") to trigger the DC application during the audio call.
- DC application functions can be superimposed on the audio call service.
- the user of the first terminal device can trigger the DC application.
- the video call interface of the first terminal device may include a control for triggering the DC application.
- the control by "DC application” The user of the first terminal device can perform an operation on the "DC application" (for example, click "DC application"), thereby triggering the DC application during the video call.
- DC application functions can be superimposed on the video call service.
- the user of the first terminal device can draw a pattern on the shared screen, and the user of the second terminal device can see it in real time on the shared screen.
- the pattern drawn by the user of the first terminal device can effectively improve the user experience.
- the user can also trigger the DC application in other possible ways. The following description of the embodiment of this application will take the user triggering the DC application during the call as an example.
- DC application data Media data corresponding to DC applications
- DC data corresponding to DC applications such as screen sharing or remote collaboration
- operation data such as drawing or annotation.
- the media data associated with the audio call service can include audio data and DC data; in this case, the audio call service can include two media data transmission services, namely the audio data transmission service and the DC application function.
- DC data transmission service wherein, the audio data transmission service is used to transmit and/or present the audio data associated with the audio call service, and the DC data transmission service is used to transmit and/or present the DC data associated with the audio call service.
- the media data associated with the video call service can include audio data, video data and DC data; in this case, the video call service can include three media data transmission services, namely audio data Transmission service, video data transmission service and DC data transmission service; among them, the audio data transmission service is used to transmit and/or present the audio data associated with the video call service, and the video data transmission service is used to transmit and/or present the audio data associated with the video call service.
- Video data, DC data transmission service is used to transmit and/or present DC data associated with the video call service.
- the embodiment of the present application introduces the identifier of the media data transmission service.
- the identifier of the audio data transmission service is "audio”
- the identifier of the video data transmission service is “video”
- the identifier of the DC data transmission service is "video”.
- the identifier of the service is "application”; it can also be understood as: the identifier of audio data is “audio”, the identifier of video data can be “video”, and the identifier of DC data is "application”.
- the session can be used to provide connectivity services between different terminal devices (such as a first terminal device and a second terminal device), or in other words, the session can be used to realize the exchange of media data between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
- the session may refer to an application layer session, such as a SIP session or a media session.
- the session may correspond to the call service.
- the video call service between the user of the first terminal device and the user of the second terminal device as an example, when the user of the first terminal device and the user of the second terminal device need to make a video call, the first terminal device and the second terminal device A session corresponding to the video call service can be established between terminal devices.
- the session corresponding to the call service may include multiple data transmission channels, and different data transmission channels are used to meet Different transmission needs.
- the session corresponding to the video call service can include data transmission channel 1, data transmission channel 2 and data transmission channel 3.
- Data transmission channel 1 is used for the audio data transmission service to transmit audio data
- data transmission channel 2 is used for the video data transmission service to transmit video data
- data transmission channel 3 is used for the DC data transmission service to transmit DC data.
- data transmission channel 1 can be called the audio channel
- data transmission channel 2 can be called the video channel
- data transmission channel 3 can be called the DC application channel.
- the first terminal device can register using the user ID of the first terminal device. After the registration is successful, the user of the first terminal device communicates with the second terminal device. Users can establish a session corresponding to the call service through the session establishment process. Further, during the call between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, if the DC application is triggered, the first terminal device and the second terminal device can establish a DC application channel through the session modification process to transmit DC data.
- the registration process, session establishment process, and session modification process are described below respectively.
- Figure 4 illustrates a possible registration process for a terminal device to register with a registration function entity, taking the first terminal device as an example.
- the first terminal device may use the user identification of the first terminal device to request the registration function entity for credential information, and then register with the registration function entity based on the credential information.
- the process may include:
- the terminal device sends request message 1 to the registration function entity.
- the request message 1 may include the user identification and device identification of the terminal device, and optionally may also include time information.
- the time information is used to indicate the time when the terminal device sends the request message 1.
- the user identity of the terminal device can be, for example, an international mobile subscriber identity (IMSI) or a temporary mobile subscriber identity (TMSI), and is not specifically limited.
- the device identification of the terminal device may be, for example, the serial number of the terminal device.
- the terminal device sends the request message 1 to the registration function entity, which may mean that the terminal device can obtain the P-CSCF entity through the P-CSCF discovery process. address information, and then sends a request message 1 to the P-CSCF entity.
- the P-CSCF discovery process can refer to the existing technology.
- the registration function entity After receiving the request message 1, the registration function entity generates credential information according to the request message 1, and sends a response message 1 to the terminal device, where the response message 1 includes the credential information.
- the registration function entity may use the public key to encrypt the user ID, device ID and time information of the terminal device to obtain the voucher information.
- “certificate” can also be replaced by “certification” or other similar nouns, and there is no specific limit.
- the terminal device After receiving the response message 1, the terminal device sends a request message 2 to the registration function entity.
- the request message 2 includes the credential information and the registration identification of the terminal device.
- the registration identifier of the terminal device may include a local tag of the terminal device (which may also be called a source tag (from-tag)).
- the local tag of the terminal device may be a random string generated by the terminal device.
- the request message 2 may also include other possible information, such as the user ID of the terminal device and the IP address of the terminal device, which are not specifically limited.
- the registration function entity After receiving the request message 2, the registration function entity uses the private key corresponding to the public key to decrypt the certificate information. If the decryption is successful, it sends a response message 2 to the terminal device. The response message 2 is used to indicate that the terminal device has successfully registered. Furthermore, after the terminal device receives the response message 2, it can determine that the registration is successful.
- the request message also includes time information
- the registration function entity after the registration function entity successfully decrypts the credential information, it can also determine whether the interval between the reception time of request message 2 and the time indicated by the time information is less than or equal to the time threshold. , if so, response message 2 can be sent to the terminal device, otherwise, it can be determined that the terminal device registration failed.
- the time threshold may be pre-configured for the registration function entity.
- the registration function entity sends the registration information of the terminal device to the call function entity.
- the registration information may include the registration identification of the terminal device (such as the local tag), the user identification of the terminal device, and the address information of the terminal device (such as the IP address).
- the local label of the terminal device is used to indicate that the call function entity terminal device has the ability to initiate a call. For example, if the call function entity subsequently receives a session establishment request message or session modification request message (session establishment request message or session modification request message) from the terminal device, If the request message carries the local tag of the terminal device), the terminal device can be determined to be a successfully registered terminal device based on the local tag of the terminal device, and then the session establishment request message or session modification request message of the terminal device can be processed. , please refer to session establishment process and session modification process for details.
- the user identification of the terminal device and the address information of the terminal device are used by the call function entity to forward messages from other terminal devices to the terminal device.
- message for example, if the call function entity subsequently receives a session establishment request message sent by another terminal device (the session establishment request message includes the user identification of the terminal device), it can forward the session establishment request to the terminal device according to the address information of the terminal device. information.
- the first terminal The device and the second terminal device may establish a session corresponding to the call service and/or modify the session corresponding to the call service based on the SIP message.
- the SIP message can include a SIP header and a SIP body.
- the SIP header can include information such as a user identification.
- the SIP body can use the session description protocol (SDP) to describe the media parameters.
- the media parameters can include at least one of the following: Items: The identification, encoding method, sampling rate, and address information of the data transmission channel of the media data transmission service.
- Figure 5 illustrates a possible session establishment process.
- the first terminal device is the calling party and the second terminal device is the called party.
- the process can include:
- the first terminal device After detecting that the user triggers the call service, the first terminal device sends the session establishment request message 1 to the call function entity; accordingly, the call function entity receives the session establishment request message 1.
- the session establishment request message 1 may be a SIP message, and the SIP header of the session establishment request message 1 may include the user identification of the first terminal device, the call identification (denoted as Call-ID1), and the local label (denoted as from -tag1), the user ID of the second terminal device.
- the call identifier is a string generated by the first terminal device, and the call identifiers corresponding to different sessions of the first terminal device may be different.
- the SIP text (ie, SDP information) in the session establishment request message 1 may include the media parameters of the first terminal device, and may also include other possible information, such as SDP version number, session name, etc.
- the media parameters of the first terminal device may include the identification of the media data transmission service requested by the first terminal device, the address information of the data transmission channel corresponding to the media data transmission service on the first terminal device side (for example, including the IP address and port number), etc.
- the call service as a video call service as an example, see Table 1 for an example of the format of the session establishment request message 1.
- the call function entity determines that the first terminal device has been successfully registered, and then sends the session establishment request message 2 to the second terminal device; accordingly, the second terminal device receives the session establishment request message. 2.
- the call function entity determines that the first terminal device is a registered terminal device according to the local tag in the session establishment request message 1, and can then process the session establishment request message 1. Afterwards, the session establishment request message 2 is sent to the second terminal device. For example, the call function entity can generate a new Call-ID (denoted as Call-ID2) based on Call-ID1 in the session establishment request message, and generate a new tag (denoted as Call-ID2) based on from-tag1 in the session establishment request message. from-tag2), the session establishment request message 2 may include Call-ID2 and from-tag2 to improve the security of the call.
- Call-ID2 denoted as Call-ID2
- the session establishment request message 2 may include Call-ID2 and from-tag2 to improve the security of the call.
- the second terminal device can send a session establishment response message 1 to the call function entity.
- the session establishment response message 1 is a 200 OK message; accordingly, the call function entity receives the session establishment response message. 1.
- the SIP header of the session establishment response message 1 may include the user ID of the first terminal device, Call-ID2, from-tag2, the user ID of the second terminal device, and the remote tag (to- tag1);
- the SIP text (i.e., SDP information) in the session establishment response message 1 may include media parameters accepted by the second terminal device, such as the media data transmission service accepted by the second terminal device and the data transmission channel corresponding to the media data transmission service.
- the address information on the second terminal device side for example, including IP address and port number), etc.
- Table 3 for an example of the format of the session establishment response message 1.
- the corresponding port number can be carried in the session establishment response message 1; if the second terminal device If the media data transmission service requested by the first terminal device is not accepted, the session establishment response message 1 may not carry the corresponding port number (for example, 0 may be used to represent the port number).
- the call function entity After receiving the session establishment response message 1, the call function entity sends the session establishment response message 2 to the first terminal device; accordingly, the terminal device receives the session establishment response message 2.
- the call function entity can process the session establishment response message 1, for example, according to the Call-ID2 in the session establishment response message 1, determine the Call-ID1 corresponding to the Call-ID2, and according to the from in the session establishment response message 1 -tag2, determine from-tag1 corresponding to from-tag2, and generate to-tag2 based on to-tag1 in session establishment response message 1, and then send session establishment response message 2, session establishment response message 2 to the second terminal device Includes Call-ID1, from-tag1 and to-tag2.
- a session corresponding to the call service is established between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
- the session includes an audio channel and a video channel, and the first terminal device and the second terminal device can transmit through the audio channel. Audio data associated with the call service, and video data associated with the call service transmitted through the video channel.
- the session establishment process may also include other possible steps. For example, before the user of the second terminal device answers the call, the second terminal device may send a call to the first terminal device. Sends a ring response, which is used to indicate that a response is awaited.
- the session modification process can be initiated, and a DC application channel between the first terminal device and the second terminal device can be established through the session modification process.
- Figure 6 illustrates a possible session modification process. As shown in Figure 6, the process may include:
- S601 Transmit media data associated with the call service between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
- the first terminal device After detecting that the user triggers an operation of the DC application during the call, the first terminal device sends a session modification request message 1 to the call function entity.
- the first terminal device can determine that the DC application function needs to be superimposed on the call service, and then can send the session modification request message 1 to the call function entity, the session modification request message 1 is used to request to add a DC application channel in the session corresponding to the call service to transmit DC data.
- the session modification request message 1 may include the identifier of the session and the SDP information of the first terminal device; wherein the identifier of the session may include from-tag1, to-tag2 and Call-ID1; and the SDP information of the first terminal device may include the Media parameters of a terminal device.
- the media parameters carried in the session modification request message 1 may further include the identification of the DC data transmission service (ie, application) and the address information of the DC application channel on the first terminal device side.
- the call function entity may process the session modification request message 1, and then send the session modification request message 2 to the second terminal device.
- the session modification request message 2 includes Call-ID2, from-tag2 and to-tag1.
- the second terminal device may send the session modification response message 1 to the call function entity; accordingly, the call function entity receives the session modification response message 1.
- the SIP header of the session modification response message 1 may include the user ID of the first terminal device, Call-ID2, from-tag2, the user ID of the second terminal device, and the remote tag (to- tag1); the SIP text (ie, SDP information) in the session establishment response message 1 may include media parameters accepted by the second terminal device.
- the media parameters carried in the session modification request message 1 may further include the identification of the DC data transmission service (ie, application) and the address information of the DC application channel on the second terminal device side.
- the call service as a video call service as an example, see Table 7 for an example of the format of the session modification response message 1.
- the call function entity may process the session modification response message 1, and then send a session establishment response message 2 to the first terminal device.
- the session establishment response message 2 includes Call-ID1, from-tag1 and to-tag2, and further Includes media parameters of the second terminal device.
- the first terminal device and the second terminal device establish a DC application channel in the session corresponding to the call service.
- the session corresponding to the call service includes an audio channel, a video channel and a DC application channel
- the third terminal device establishes a DC application channel in the session corresponding to the call service.
- the first terminal device and the second terminal device may transmit audio data associated with the call service through the audio channel, transmit video data associated with the call service through the video channel, and transmit DC data associated with the call service through the DC application channel.
- a short-range communication connection may refer to a connection established between multiple terminal devices through short-range communication technology.
- the connection may be a point-to-point connection or a point-to-multipoint connection.
- point-to-point connections Take point-to-point connections as an example.
- “near field communication” may refer to "near field wireless communication”.
- Short-range communication technology may refer to communication technology whose communication distance is less than or equal to a preset distance threshold.
- the preset distance threshold may be 10 meters (m), 5m, 1m, 30 centimeters (cm), 10cm or 5cm, etc.
- the first terminal device when the first terminal device and the second terminal device both support and enable the near field communication function, the first terminal device can send broadcast message 1, and the second terminal device can send broadcast message 1. Message 2. If the first terminal device and the If the communication distance between the two terminal devices is less than or equal to the preset distance threshold, the first terminal device can receive the broadcast message 2 from the second terminal device, and the second terminal device can receive the broadcast message 1 from the first terminal device. , and then the first terminal device and the second terminal device can establish a short-range communication connection based on the broadcast messages received respectively.
- the broadcast message of the first terminal device may include a broadcast identification (ID) of the first terminal device, and the broadcast ID of the first terminal device may be used by other devices to identify the first terminal device.
- the broadcast identification of the first terminal device may be generated by the first terminal device. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific generation method of the broadcast identification.
- the corresponding short-range communication connection is an NFC connection.
- the preset distance threshold corresponding to the NFC technology can be, for example, 10cm; that is, when two When an NFC-enabled terminal device is touched, an NFC connection can be established between the two terminal devices.
- the short-range communication technology is wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) communication technology
- the corresponding short-range communication connection can be a Wi-Fi connection
- the preset distance threshold corresponding to the Wi-Fi technology can be, for example, 10m. .
- the two types of near field communication connections are introduced below.
- the first terminal device and the second terminal device can communicate through the NFC data exchange format (NFC data exchange format).
- NFC data exchange format NFC data exchange format
- NDEF short-range messages
- An NDEF message consists of one or more NEDF records.
- NEDF Record is the smallest unit in an NDEF message.
- a NEDF Record can include a header and a payload.
- the first terminal device and the second terminal device can send short-range messages through the UPNP protocol.
- Proximity messages can be called hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP) messages.
- HTTP messages can include request lines, request headers, blank lines, and request data.
- the request line includes the request method field, etc.
- the request header includes keyword/value pairs
- the empty line is an empty line after the last request header to indicate that there are no more request headers below.
- the short-range communication technology in the embodiment of the present application can also be other possible technologies, such as Bluetooth communication technology, Bluetooth
- Bluetooth Bluetooth
- the short-range communication connection corresponding to the communication technology may be a Bluetooth connection.
- the first terminal device can transfer the call service (that is, the call service between the user of the first terminal device and the user of the second terminal device) to the third terminal device.
- the first terminal device can perform one or more media data transmission services. Therefore, the first terminal device transfers the call service to the third terminal device, which may refer to the first terminal device. Hand over part or all of one or more media data transmission services to a third terminal device.
- the specific implementation of transferring the call service from the first terminal device to the third terminal device will be studied.
- the communication method provided below in the embodiments of the present application can also be called a handover method for media data transmission services; in the first to third embodiments of the embodiments of the present application below, the communication method will be applied to
- the network architecture shown in Figure 1 is taken as an example. That is to say, the execution subject of the communication method described in Embodiment 1 to Embodiment 3 may include the first terminal device, the second terminal device, the third terminal device in Figure 1, Register functional entities and call functional entities.
- a communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application is: the first terminal device sends handover instruction information to the third terminal device through the call function entity, so that the call service is transferred from the first terminal device to the third terminal device.
- the handover instruction information may also be called transition instruction information or other descriptions, and is not specifically limited.
- Figure 7 is a schematic flowchart corresponding to the communication method provided in Embodiment 1 of the present application. As shown in Figure 7, the process may include:
- S701 The first terminal device and the third terminal device are bound.
- the first terminal device and the third terminal device may be bound in multiple ways.
- the first terminal device may be installed with an application for implementing transitions (for convenience of description, it is called a transition application), and an account is registered on the transition application, which is called an account. 1;
- the third terminal device can have a transition application installed and register an account on the transition application, which is called account 2.
- the user can bind the account 1 of the first terminal device and the account 2 of the third terminal device by performing corresponding operations on the first terminal device and/or the third terminal device.
- the first terminal device and the third terminal device may respectively register with the registration function entity through the registration process described above.
- the first terminal device performs M media data transmission services between the first terminal device and the second terminal device (not shown in Figure 7).
- each of the M media data transmission services may be used to transmit and/or present media data associated with the call service between the user of the first terminal device and the user of the second terminal device.
- the first terminal device and the second terminal device may establish a session corresponding to the call service through the session establishment process described above, and optionally, the session may also be modified through the session modification process described above.
- the call service is a video call service
- the M media data transmission services may include audio data transmission services, video data transmission services and DC data transmission services.
- the second terminal device may register with the registration function entity through the registration process described above.
- the first terminal device sends a first transition request message to the call function entity.
- the first transition request message includes handover instruction information.
- the handover instruction information instructs the third terminal device to perform the communication between the third terminal device and the second terminal device.
- P media data transmission services, the P media data transmission services are used to replace N media data transmission services among the M media data transmission services. Among them, N can be less than M, or it can also be equal to M.
- the first terminal device since the account 1 of the first terminal device is bound to the account 2 of the third terminal device, when the first terminal device detects the user's transition operation, the first terminal device can, based on the pre-bound account, It is determined that transfer to the third terminal device is required, and a first transfer request message is sent to the call function entity.
- the handover instruction information may include the user identification of the second terminal device and/or the identification of the session corresponding to the call service (ie, the session between the first terminal device and the second terminal device).
- the handover instruction information may also include handover object information, and the handover object information is used to indicate the handover object; wherein the handover object may be a default, for example, the handover object is N media data transmission services.
- the first transition request message may also include other possible information, such as the user identification of the third terminal device and/or the registration identification of the third terminal device.
- N can be less than N, or it can be equal to N, or it can be greater than N. That is to say, after the transition, the third terminal device can merge multiple media data transmission services among the N media data transmission services into one media data transmission service, and the merged media data transmission service is used to replace the previous one. multiple media data transmission services; or, the third terminal device can also split one of the N media data transmission services into multiple media data transmission services, and the multiple media data transmission services after splitting Used to replace a media data transmission business before the split.
- P media data transmission services can correspond to N media data transmission services one-to-one.
- the media data transmission service p1 among the P media data transmission services corresponds to N media data transmission services.
- the media data transmission service n1 in means that the media data transmission service p1 is used to replace the media data transmission service n1.
- the call function entity After receiving the first transfer request message, the call function entity sends a second transfer request message to the third terminal device, where the second transfer request message includes handover instruction information.
- the call function entity may send the second transfer request message to the third terminal device according to the user ID of the third terminal device and/or the registration ID of the third terminal device included in the first transfer request message.
- the third terminal device After receiving the second transition request message, the third terminal device executes P media data transmission services between the third terminal device and the second terminal device according to the handover instruction information, thereby completing the transition of the call service.
- the first terminal device can continue to perform M-N media data transmission services between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, and suspend or terminate the execution of N media data transmission services. If N equals M, the first terminal device may suspend or terminate the execution of N media data transmission services.
- the first terminal device may determine that the third terminal device has started to perform P media data transmission services. For example, the third terminal device may send a handover completion message to the first terminal device after starting to perform P media data transmission services. The handover completion message is used to indicate that the third terminal device has started to perform P media data transmission services. It can be understood that in other possible embodiments, the first terminal device may also suspend execution after determining that the third terminal device is ready to perform P media data transmission services. Or terminate the execution of N media data transmission services.
- N media data transmission services may correspond to N data transmission channels between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
- the first terminal device suspends execution of N media data transmission services, which may mean that the first terminal device suspends the transmission of media data with the second terminal device through N data transmission channels, but does not release or delete the N data transmission channels. Terminating the execution of N media data transmission services by the first terminal device may mean that the first terminal device releases or deletes N data transmission channels to terminate the transmission of media data with the second terminal device through the N data transmission channels.
- the first terminal device transfers the call service based on the pre-established binding relationship. That is to say, the first terminal device can only transfer the call service to the terminal pre-bound by the first terminal device.
- the first terminal device can transfer the call service to the third terminal device; if the user of the first terminal device wants to transfer the call service to the third terminal device,
- terminal devices other than the terminal device such as the fourth terminal device
- the business transitions to the fourth terminal device.
- Another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application is: the first terminal device sends handover instruction information to the third terminal device through a short-range communication connection, so that the call service is transferred from the first terminal device to the third terminal device.
- Figure 8 is a schematic flowchart corresponding to the communication method provided in Embodiment 2 of the present application. As shown in Figure 8, the process may include:
- the first terminal device performs M media data transmission services between the first terminal device and the second terminal device (not shown in Figure 8).
- the M media data transmission services may refer to the description in Embodiment 1.
- the first terminal device may use the user identification of the first terminal device to register with the registration function entity through the registration process described above
- the second terminal device may use the user identification of the second terminal device to register with the registration function entity through The registration process described above registers with the registration function entity.
- the first terminal device sends a transition request message to the third terminal device through a short-range communication connection.
- the transition request message includes handover instruction information.
- the handover instruction information instructs the third terminal device to perform a transfer between the third terminal device and the second terminal device.
- the first terminal device may send a transfer request message to the third terminal device through a short-range communication connection, where the transfer request message includes handover instruction information.
- the transition request message may also include other possible information, which is not specifically limited.
- the first terminal device determines that it needs to transfer to the third terminal device.
- the first terminal device may determine that it needs to transfer to the third terminal device. . Specifically, during the process of the first terminal device performing M media data transmission services, if the user of the first terminal device turns on the near field communication function of the first terminal device, the first terminal device can use the near field communication technology. Scan nearby devices, and when the third terminal device is scanned, a short-range communication connection can be established with the third terminal device, and it is determined that the scene needs to be transferred to the third terminal device.
- the short-range communication connection is an NFC connection
- the first terminal device can determine that it needs to transfer to the third terminal device, and then through the embodiment The method in Embodiment 2 or 3 is used to transfer the scene to the third terminal device, thereby realizing a "touch-and-click transition".
- the first terminal device can ask the user of the first terminal device. Whether the call service needs to be transferred to the third terminal device, if the user confirms that the call service needs to be transferred to the third terminal device, the first terminal device can determine that the call service needs to be transferred to the third terminal device, and then through the second embodiment or The method in Embodiment 3 transitions to the third terminal device.
- the first terminal device while the first terminal device is executing M media data transmission services, if the first terminal device detects the user's transition operation (for example, the call interface of the first terminal device can display controls corresponding to the transition operation, The first terminal device can detect in real time whether the user has triggered the control), it can start the near field communication technology to scan nearby devices, and if the third terminal device is scanned, it can Establish a near field communication connection with the third terminal device (or the first terminal device has established a near field communication connection with the third terminal device before detecting the user's transition operation), and determines that it needs to transition to the third terminal device. The terminal device then transitions to the third terminal device through the method in Embodiment 2 or Embodiment 3, thereby realizing "one-click transition". It can be understood that if the first terminal device scans multiple candidate terminal devices (including the third terminal device), the user can select the third terminal device from the multiple candidate terminal devices.
- the first terminal device scans multiple candidate terminal devices (including the third terminal device), the user can select the third terminal
- the handover instruction information may include the user identification of the second terminal device and/or the identification of the session corresponding to the call service (ie, the session between the first terminal device and the second terminal device).
- the handover instruction information may also include handover object information.
- the handover object information is used to indicate that the handover object is N media data transmission services.
- the handover object information may include the identifiers of N media data transmission services. .
- the first terminal device may determine the handover object in multiple ways.
- the first terminal device can obtain the media capability information of the third terminal device.
- the media capability information is used to indicate the media data transmission service supported by the third terminal device. Then the first terminal device can obtain the media capability information of the third terminal device.
- Determine the handover object For example, M media data transmission services include audio data transmission services, video data transmission services and DC data transmission services. If the media data transmission services supported by the third terminal device include audio data transmission services, video data transmission services are not included. DC data transmission service, the first terminal device can determine that the handover object is the audio data transmission service.
- the first terminal device may obtain the media capability information of the third terminal device, and determine the initial handover object based on the media capability information of the third terminal device; and ask the user of the first terminal device whether to transfer the initial handover object to the user. field to a third terminal device.
- the initial handover object includes N1 media data transmission services.
- the user can select N media data transmission services from the N1 media data transmission services.
- the N media data transmission services are part or all of the media in the N1 media data transmission services.
- the first terminal device can determine the N media data transmission services selected by the user as the handover objects.
- the first terminal device obtains the media capability information of the third terminal device. For example, after the first terminal device establishes a near-field communication connection with the third terminal device, the third terminal device sends a request to the third terminal device through the near-field communication connection. A terminal device sends media capability information of a third terminal device.
- the handover instruction information may not include handover object information.
- the handover object may be predefined by the protocol or be defaulted.
- the transition request message sent by the first terminal device to the third terminal device may be an NDEF message.
- the payload of the NDEF message includes information in JSON format, and the information in JSON format includes handover instruction information. . See Table 9 for an example of a transition request message.
- the transition request message sent by the first terminal device to the third terminal device may be an HTTP message.
- the request data of the HTTP message may include information in JSON format, and the information in JSON format may include handover information. Instructions. See Table 10 for another example of a transition request message.
- S803 The third terminal device performs P media data transmission services according to the scene transition request message.
- the third terminal device can use the user identification of the third terminal device to register with the registration function entity through the registration process described above. After the registration is successful, the third terminal device can execute P media Data transmission business.
- the first terminal device sends handover instruction information to the third terminal device through the short-range communication connection, so that the first terminal device can transfer the call service to the third terminal device.
- a "one-click transition" can be realized for the user (for example, the user can trigger the transition button on the first terminal device to transfer the scene to another scene).
- the call service of the first terminal device is transferred to the third terminal device) or "touch transfer” (for example, the user touches the first terminal device and the third terminal device to transfer the call service of the first terminal device to the third terminal device).
- transition to the third terminal device which can effectively improve the user experience; and, because the first terminal device and the third terminal device can communicate directly through the short-range communication connection, compared with the first terminal device and the third terminal device through In terms of the way call function entities communicate, the implementation of transition is relatively simple and can effectively reduce transition delay.
- Figure 9 is a schematic flowchart corresponding to the communication method provided in Embodiment 3 of the present application. As shown in Figure 9, the process may include:
- the first terminal device performs M media data transmission services between the first terminal device and the second terminal device (not shown in Figure 9).
- the M media data transmission services may refer to the description in Embodiment 1.
- the first terminal device may use the user identification of the first terminal device to register with the registration function entity through the registration process described above
- the second terminal device may use the user identification of the second terminal device to register with the registration function entity through The registration process described above registers with the registration function entity.
- the first terminal device sends a first registration request message to the third terminal device through a short-range communication connection.
- the first registration request message may include handover credential information and the user identification of the first terminal device, and optionally may also include address information of the registration function entity.
- the address information of the registered functional entity may refer to the address information of the P-CSCF entity, for example.
- the first terminal device determines that it needs to transfer to the third terminal device, it can obtain the status information of the third terminal device. If the third terminal device is in an unregistered state, it can obtain the handover voucher information and provide it to the third terminal device.
- the terminal device sends the first registration request message; if the third terminal device is in the registration state, S906 can be executed.
- the first terminal device can determine the device identity of the third terminal device based on the broadcast identity in the broadcast message of the third terminal device, and initiate a handover credential information request message to the registration function entity.
- the handover credential information request message It may include the user identification of the first terminal device and the device identification of the third terminal device.
- it may also include time information.
- the time information is used to indicate the time when the first terminal device sends the handover credential information request message.
- the registration function entity can generate the handover voucher information according to the information carried in the handover voucher information request message, and send the handover voucher information to the first terminal device.
- the registered functional entity shall To implement the information request message to generate handover credential information, please refer to the description of "Registration Function Entity Generates Credential Information" in the previous article.
- the first terminal device obtains the status information of the third terminal device. For example, after the first terminal device establishes a near-field communication connection with the third terminal device, the third terminal device sends the status information of the third terminal device to the first terminal device through the near-field communication connection.
- the first terminal device can also obtain the handover voucher information after determining that it needs to transfer to the third terminal device, and send the handover voucher information to the third terminal device without Determine the status information of the third terminal device.
- the third terminal device receives the handover voucher information, if it determines that it is in the registered state, it does not need to process the handover voucher information; if it determines that it is in the unregistered state, it can request the registration function according to the handover voucher information.
- the entity sends a registration request message. For details, see the description below.
- the first terminal device can send the first registration request message to the third terminal device through the short-range communication connection in various ways.
- the first registration request message sent by the first terminal device to the third terminal device may be an NDEF message.
- the payload of the NDEF message includes information in JSON format, and the information in JSON format includes the handover voucher.
- Information optionally, may also include address information of the registered functional entity. See Table 11 for an example of the first registration request message.
- Table 11 First registration request message example 1
- the first registration request message sent by the first terminal device to the third terminal device may be an HTTP message, and the request data of the HTTP message may include information in JSON format, and the information in JSON format may include
- the handover credential information may optionally also include address information of the registered functional entity. See Table 12 for another example of the first registration request message.
- the third terminal device After receiving the first registration request message, the third terminal device sends a second registration request message to the registration function entity.
- the second registration request message includes the handover credential information and the registration identification (such as local label) of the third terminal device;
- the registration function entity may receive the second registration request message.
- the second registration request message may also include other possible information, such as the user ID of the first terminal device and the third The IP address of the terminal device is not specifically limited.
- the registration function entity After determining that the third terminal device is successfully registered based on the handover credential information, the registration function entity returns a first registration response message to the third terminal device.
- the first registration response message is used to indicate that the third terminal device is successfully registered.
- the registration function entity determines the successful registration of the third terminal device based on the handover credential information, and may refer to the previous description of the registration process.
- the registration function entity may also send the registration information of the third terminal device to the call function entity.
- the registration information of the third terminal device includes the local label of the third terminal device, and may also include the user ID of the first terminal device and The IP address of the third terminal device.
- the third terminal device sends a second registration response message to the first terminal device.
- the second registration response message is used to indicate that the third terminal device has been successfully registered.
- the first terminal device sends a transition request message to the third terminal device through a short-range communication connection.
- the transition request message includes handover instruction information.
- the handover instruction information instructs the third terminal device to perform a transfer between the third terminal device and the second terminal device. P media data transmission services between.
- the handover instruction information may include the user identification of the second terminal device and/or the identification of the session corresponding to the call service.
- the handover instruction information may also include handover object information.
- the first terminal device may obtain the media capability information of the third terminal device.
- the media capability information is used to indicate the media data transmission service supported by the third terminal device, and then the first terminal device may obtain the media capability information of the third terminal device.
- the terminal device may determine the handover object based on the media capability information of the third terminal device.
- the third terminal device may send the media capability information of the third terminal device to the first terminal device through the second registration response message.
- S907 The third terminal device performs P media data transmission services according to the scene transition request message.
- the first terminal device can send the handover credential information to the third terminal device, and then the third terminal device can use the handover credential information to register with the registration function entity, and then after the registration is successful, the third terminal device P media data transmission services can be executed according to the transition request message.
- the first registration request message and the transition request message may be the same message. That is to say, after detecting the user's transition operation, the first terminal device may send a message to the third terminal device through a message.
- the three terminal devices send handover voucher information and handover instruction information.
- the third terminal device needs to request the credential information itself, that is to say, the third terminal device needs to use the user identification of the third terminal device to request the credential information.
- the registration function entity registers; in the third embodiment, the first terminal device can send the handover credential information to the third terminal device, and the third terminal device itself does not need to request the credential information. That is to say, the third terminal device can use the first The user identification of the terminal device is registered with the registration function entity.
- the third terminal device does not need to install a SIM card (for example, the third terminal device can be a terminal device that does not support a SIM card, and a terminal device that does not support a SIM card does not have the ability to request credential information). Therefore, Using the method in Embodiment 3, the devices that accept the transition can be more diverse, and the transition solution has greater applicability.
- the first terminal device and the second terminal device may both be smartphones, the third terminal device may be a smart watch, and the call service between the user of the first terminal device and the user of the second terminal device is a video call.
- Services for example, smart watches support audio data transmission services but do not support video data transmission services and DC data transmission services. Therefore, the first terminal device can transfer the audio data transmission service between the first terminal device and the second terminal device. to the third terminal device.
- the audio data transmission service 2 is used for Replace audio data transmission service1.
- FIG 10 is a schematic flowchart corresponding to S907 and S908 in Embodiment 3 of the present application.
- S907 may include S9071 to S9075
- S908 may include S9081 and S9082.
- the third terminal device After receiving the transition request message, the third terminal device sends a session establishment request message to the call function entity.
- the session establishment request message may include the user identification of the first terminal device and the call identification of the third terminal device.
- the call identification of the third terminal device (Call-ID3), the local tag of the third terminal device (from-tag3), the identifier of the session corresponding to the call service (that is, the session between the first terminal device and the second terminal device) (such as Call-ID1, from -tag1 and to-tag2), the user identification of the second terminal device, and the media parameters of the third terminal device.
- the media parameters of the third terminal device may indicate the handover object, for example, the handover object is the audio data transmission service; for example, the media parameters of the third terminal device may also indicate other possible information, such as the third terminal device for media There are no specific restrictions on the data encoding method, sampling rate, etc. See Table 13 for an example session establishment request message.
- the call function entity After receiving the session establishment request message, the call function entity sends a session modification request message to the second terminal device.
- the call function entity can learn that the session establishment request message is used to transfer the call service according to the session identifier in the session establishment request message, and then the call function entity can use the session identifier and/or the second terminal corresponding to the call service to user identification of the device), and sends a session modification request message to the second terminal device.
- the session modification request message can be used to request the second terminal device to modify the address information of the audio channel from address information 1 (ie, the address information on the first terminal device side) to address information 2 (ie, the address information on the third terminal device side). ).
- the second terminal device since the call function entity sends a session modification request message to the second terminal device, the second terminal device does not perceive the third terminal device, or in other words, the second terminal device does not perceive that the call service is transmitted by the first terminal device.
- the terminal device transitions to a third terminal device.
- the call function entity may generate a session modification request message according to the identifier of the session corresponding to the call service that needs to be transferred.
- the session modification request message may include the user identification of the first terminal device, Call-ID1, from-tag1 and to-tag2, the user identification of the second terminal device, and the media parameters of the third terminal device. See Table 14 for an example session modification request message.
- the second terminal device receives the session modification request message. If it determines to accept the session modification, it can send a session modification response message to the call function entity.
- the second terminal device can modify the address information of the audio channel from address information 1 (ie, the address information on the first terminal device side) to address information 2 (ie, the address on the third terminal device side) according to the session modification request message. information), and transmit audio data according to the modified address information of the audio channel.
- the second terminal device may also determine whether to modify the encoding mode and sampling rate of the audio data of the third terminal device based on the encoding mode and sampling rate of the audio data carried by the third terminal device in the session modification request message, If the modification is determined, the session modification response message can carry the modified encoding method and sampling rate. If no modification is required, the session modification response message can carry the previous encoding method and sampling rate.
- the call function entity After receiving the session modification response message, the call function entity sends a session establishment response message to the third terminal device.
- the call function entity may generate a session establishment response message according to the session modification response message, and send the session establishment response message to the third terminal device.
- the third terminal device can obtain the IP address and port number of the audio channel on the second terminal device side, and then the third terminal device can pass the communication between the third terminal device and the first terminal device.
- the audio channel transmits the audio data associated with the call service.
- the third terminal device sends handover completion information to the first terminal device.
- the handover completion information is used to indicate that the third terminal device has Start executing P media data transmission services.
- the first terminal device may receive handover completion information from the third terminal device, and then determine based on the handover completion information that the third terminal device has started executing P media data transmission services.
- the first terminal device detects M data transmission channels (corresponding to M media data transmission services respectively) between the first terminal device and the second terminal device. If the first terminal device passes N among them within a set time period, If the media data sent by the second terminal device is not received by the data transmission channels, it can be determined that the third terminal device has started to perform P media data transmission services; for example, the set time length may be predefined by the protocol.
- the first terminal device may suspend or terminate the execution of N media data transmission services replaced by the P media data transmission services.
- the N media data transmission services are audio data transmission services between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
- the first terminal device may send a session modification request message to the call function entity.
- the session modification request message is used to request the termination of the audio data transmission service between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
- the session modification request message does not carry relevant information of the audio data, so that the call function entity can Release or delete the address information of the audio channel on the first terminal device side according to the session modification request message, etc. See Table 17 for an example session modification request message.
- the first terminal device determines to suspend the execution of the audio data transmission service between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, it can suspend the transmission of audio data with the second terminal device through the audio channel without sending a session modification request to the call function entity. information.
- the call function entity sends a session modification response message to the first terminal device.
- the call function entity after the call function entity receives the session modification request message from the first terminal device, it can determine that the session is a session that has been transferred according to the session identifier carried in the session modification request message; further, the call function entity can determine according to the session modification request message. According to the content in the session modification request message, it can be determined that the session modification request message is used to request the release or deletion of the data transmission channel corresponding to the transitioned media data transmission service. Therefore, the call function entity can send a session modification response to the first terminal device. message without forwarding the session modification request message to the second terminal device.
- the first terminal device and the second terminal device may both be smartphones, the third terminal device may be a smart TV, and the call service between the user of the first terminal device and the user of the second terminal device is a video call.
- Services, for example, smart TVs support audio data transmission services, video data transmission services and DC data transmission services. Therefore, the first terminal device can transfer all data transmission services to the third terminal device.
- the third terminal device can perform audio data transmission service 2, video data transmission service 2, and DC data transmission service 2 between the third terminal device and the second terminal device.
- the audio data transmission service 2 is used to replace the audio data transmission service 1
- the video data transmission service 2 is used to replace the video data transmission service 1
- the DC data transmission service 2 is used to replace the DC data transmission service 1.
- FIG 11 is a schematic flowchart corresponding to S907 and S908 in Embodiment 3 of the present application.
- S907 may include S9071 to S9075
- S908 may include S9081 and S9082.
- the third terminal device After receiving the transition request message, the third terminal device sends a session establishment request message to the call function entity.
- the session establishment request message may include the user ID of the first terminal device, the call ID (Call-ID3) of the third terminal device, the local tag (from-tag3) of the third terminal device, and the session corresponding to the call service. (ie, the session between the first terminal device and the second terminal device) (such as Call-ID1, from-tag1 and to-tag2), the user identification of the second terminal device, and the media parameters of the third terminal device.
- the media parameters of the third terminal device may indicate the handover objects.
- the handover objects include audio data transmission services, video data transmission services and DC data transmission services; for example, the media parameters of the third terminal device may also indicate other possible Information, such as the encoding method and sampling rate of media data of the third terminal device, are not specifically limited. See Table 19 for an example session establishment request message.
- the call function entity After receiving the session establishment request message, the call function entity sends a session modification request message to the second terminal device.
- the call function entity can learn that the session establishment request message is used to transfer the call service according to the session identifier in the session establishment request message, and then the call function entity can use the session identifier and/or the second terminal corresponding to the call service to user identification of the device), and sends a session modification request message to the second terminal device.
- the call function entity may generate a session modification request message according to the identifier of the session corresponding to the call service that needs to be transferred.
- the session modification request message may include the user identification of the first terminal device, Call-ID1, from-tag1 and to-tag2, the user identification of the second terminal device, and the media parameters of the third terminal device. See Table 20 for an example of a session modification request message.
- the second terminal device receives the session modification request message. If it determines to accept the session modification, it can send a session modification response message to the call function entity.
- the call function entity After receiving the session modification response message, the call function entity sends a session establishment response message to the third terminal device.
- the call function entity may generate a session establishment response message according to the session modification response message, and send the session establishment response message to the third terminal device.
- the third terminal device can obtain the IP address and port number of the audio channel, video channel and DC application channel on the second terminal device side, and then the third terminal device can obtain the IP address and port number of the audio channel, video channel and DC application channel through the third terminal device.
- the audio channel between the third terminal device and the first terminal device transmits the audio data associated with the call service
- the video channel between the third terminal device and the first terminal device transmits the video data associated with the call service
- the third terminal device and the first terminal device transmit the video data associated with the call service through the audio channel between the third terminal device and the first terminal device.
- the DC application channel between terminal devices transmits DC data associated with call services.
- the third terminal device sends handover completion information to the first terminal device.
- the handover completion information is used to indicate that the third terminal device has started executing P media data transmission services.
- the first terminal device may suspend or terminate the execution of N media data transmission services replaced by the P media data transmission services.
- the N media data transmission services are audio data transmission services, video data transmission services and DC data transmission services between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
- the first terminal device may send a session end request message to the call function entity.
- the session modification request message is used to request the end of the session corresponding to the call service.
- the first terminal device determines to suspend the audio data transmission service, video data transmission service and DC data transmission service between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, it can suspend the transmission of audio data, Video data and DC data without sending a session end request message to the call function entity.
- the call function entity sends a session end response message to the first terminal device.
- the call function entity After the call function entity receives the session end request message from the first terminal device, it can determine that the session is a session that has been transferred based on the session identifier carried in the session end request message. Therefore, the call function entity can The first terminal device sends the session end response message without forwarding the session end request message to the second terminal device.
- P may also be greater than or less than N.
- the call function entity receives the session establishment request After the message is sent, according to the identification of the audio and video data transmission service, it can be determined that the audio data transmission service 1 and the video data transmission service 1 need to be transitioned, and after the transition, they will be merged into one media data transmission service (i.e., the audio and video data transmission service) ; Furthermore, the call function entity may send a session modification request message to the second terminal device to request the second terminal device to establish a data transmission channel corresponding to the audio and video data transmission service.
- the call function entity may send a session modification request message to the second terminal device to request the second terminal device to establish a data transmission channel corresponding to the audio and video data transmission service.
- a session modification request message to the second terminal device to request the second terminal device to establish a data transmission channel corresponding to the audio and video data transmission service.
- Example 1 and Example 2 are described by taking Embodiment 3 as an example.
- the third terminal device performs P media data transmission services according to the transition request message" in Embodiment 1 and 2 and "The third terminal device performs P media data transmission services according to the transition request message” in Embodiment 3.
- the third terminal device can use the user ID of the third terminal device to register, and then the third terminal device can also use the user ID of the third terminal device to initiate a session establishment request message.
- the third terminal device uses the user ID of the first terminal device to initiate a session establishment request message; for other content other than this difference, Embodiment 1 and Embodiment 2 can refer to Embodiment 3.
- the implementation of "the first terminal device suspends execution or terminates the execution of the N media data transmission services" in Embodiment 1 and Embodiment 2 can refer to "the first terminal device suspends execution or terminates the execution of the N media data transmission services” in Embodiment 3.
- Data transmission business description.
- the first terminal device when the third terminal device starts to perform P media data transmission services, the first terminal device can send control information to the third terminal device, and the control information is used to control P media Data transmission business.
- the control information may be used to control the transmission and/or presentation of P media data transmission services.
- the control information can be used to control the volume at which the third terminal device plays audio data as sound, the window size for displaying video data as animation, and /or window position.
- volume control as an example, see Figure 12, which is a schematic diagram of the interface of the first terminal device.
- the interface of the first terminal device may include a "volume +" control and a "volume -" control. Then: when the first terminal device When the user of the terminal device clicks the "Volume +" control on the interface of the first terminal device, the first terminal device can send control information 1 to the third terminal device.
- the third terminal device can increase the volume according to the control information 1;
- the first terminal device clicks the "Volume -" control on the interface of the first terminal device, the first terminal device can send control information 2 to the third terminal device.
- the third terminal device can control information 2 according to the control information 2. lower the volume.
- the second terminal device allows the third terminal device to perform P media data transmission services as an example.
- the second terminal device may also The third terminal device is not allowed to perform P media data transmission services.
- the call service can be maintained between the first terminal device and the second terminal device (that is, the transition fails).
- the second terminal device after receiving the session modification request message from the call function entity, determines that it does not accept the session modification, and sends a session modification failure message to the call function entity; accordingly, the call function entity
- the third terminal device may send a session establishment failure message to the third terminal device, and after receiving the session establishment failure message, the third terminal device may send a handover failure message to the first terminal device; furthermore, the first terminal device
- the call service can be maintained between the device and the second terminal device.
- the second terminal device can determine whether to allow the third terminal device to perform P media data transmission services in a variety of ways. For example, the second terminal device can determine based on the encoding method and/or sampling rate of the media data of the third terminal device. Determine whether the third terminal device is allowed to perform P media data transmission services.
- the third terminal device may be allowed to perform P media data transmission services, otherwise (for example, the second terminal device is configured for The encoding mode of video data is mode 1, and the encoding mode of the video data of the third terminal device is mode 2, but the second terminal device does not support mode 2), and the third terminal device may not be allowed to perform P media data transmission services.
- the first terminal device may be the calling party of the call service, or the first terminal The device can also be the called party of the call service. That is to say, the transition solution in the embodiment of the present application may be applicable to the calling party of the call service, or may also be applied to the called party of the call service.
- Embodiments 1 to 3 can be referred to each other; in addition, in the same embodiment, , different implementations or different examples can also be cross-referenced.
- the device may include corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules that perform each function.
- the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving the hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each specific application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
- Embodiments of the present application can divide the device into functional modules or units according to the above method examples.
- each functional module or unit can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one module or unit.
- the above-mentioned integrated modules or units can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules or units.
- Figure 13 shows a possible exemplary block diagram of the device involved in the embodiment of the present application.
- the device 1300 may include: a processing module 1302 and a communication module 1303.
- the processing module 1302 is used to control and manage the actions of the device 1300 .
- the communication module 1303 is used to support communication between the device 1300 and other devices.
- the communication module 1303 is also called a transceiver module and may include a receiving module and/or a sending module, respectively configured to perform receiving and sending operations.
- the device 1300 may also include a storage module 1301 for storing program codes and/or data of the device 1300 .
- the device 1300 may be the first terminal device in the above embodiment.
- the processing module 1302 can support the device 1300 to perform the actions of the first terminal device in each of the above method examples. Alternatively, the processing module 1302 mainly performs actions related to processing of the first terminal device in the above method examples or operations other than transceiving.
- the communication module 1303 can support communication between the device 1300 and other entities, such as performing the above method examples. Operations related to sending and receiving of the first terminal device. For example, taking FIG. 9 as an example, the processing module 1302 can be used to execute S901 and S908 in FIG. 9 , and the communication module 1303 can be used to execute S902, S905, and S906 in FIG. 9 .
- processing module 1302 can also be used for processing-related operations of the first terminal device in other flowcharts (such as Figures 4 to 8, 10, and 11), and the communication module 1303 can also be used in other flowcharts (such as Transmitting and receiving related operations of the first terminal device in Figures 4 to 8, Figure 10, and Figure 11).
- the processing module 1302 is configured to: perform M media data transmission services between the first terminal device and the second terminal device; the communication module 1303 is configured to: transmit data to the first terminal device through a short distance communication connection.
- the third terminal device sends handover instruction information, and the handover instruction information instructs the third terminal device to perform P media data transmission services between the third terminal device and the second terminal device, and the P media data
- the transmission service is used to replace the N media data transmission services among the M media data transmission services; and, the processing module 1302 is also used to: determine that the third terminal device has started to execute the P media data transmission services.
- each media data transmission service is used to transmit and/or present the communication between the user of the first terminal device and the user of the second terminal device.
- Media data associated with the call service; N is less than or equal to M, and P is greater than or equal to or less than N.
- the device 1300 may be the third terminal device in the above embodiment.
- the processing module 1302 can support the device 1300 to perform the actions of the third terminal device in the above method examples.
- the processing module 1302 mainly performs actions related to processing of the third terminal device in the above method examples or operations other than transceiving.
- the communication module 1303 can support communication between the device 1300 and other entities, such as performing the above method examples. Operations related to sending and receiving of the third terminal device. For example, taking FIG. 9 as an example, the processing module 1302 can be used to execute S907 in FIG. 9 , and the communication module 1303 can be used to execute S902, S903, S904, S905, and S906 in FIG. 9 .
- processing module 1302 can also be used for processing-related operations of the third terminal device in other flowcharts (as shown in Figures 8, 10, and 11), and the communication module 1303 can also be used in other flowcharts (as shown in Figures 8, 10, and 11). Transmitting and receiving related operations of the third terminal device in Figure 10 and Figure 11).
- the communication module 1303 is configured to: receive handover instruction information from the first terminal device through a short-range communication connection, where the handover instruction information instructs the third terminal device to execute the operation of the third terminal device.
- the processing module 1302 is configured to: execute P media data transmission services between the third terminal device and the second terminal device according to the handover instruction information; wherein each media data transmission service is used to transmit and /Or present media data associated with the call service between the user of the first terminal device and the user of the second terminal device; N is less than or equal to M, and P is greater than or equal to or less than N.
- each module in the above device can be a separate processing element, or can be integrated into a chip of the device.
- it can also be implemented as The form of the program is stored in the memory, and is called by a certain processing element of the device to execute the function of the module.
- all or part of these modules can be integrated together or implemented independently.
- the processing element described here can also be a processor, which can be an integrated circuit with signal processing capabilities.
- each step of the above method or each of the above modules can be implemented through an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor element or implemented in the form of software calling through the processing element.
- the module in any of the above devices may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, such as: one or more application specific integrated circuits (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), or one or Multiple microprocessors (digital signal processor, DSP), or one or more field programmable gate arrays (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA), or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms.
- ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
- DSP digital signal processor
- FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
- the module in the device can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler
- the processing element can be a processor, such as a general central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), or other processors that can call programs.
- these modules can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
- SOC system-on-a-chip
- the above module for receiving is an interface circuit of the device and is used to receive signals from other devices.
- the receiving module is an interface circuit used by the chip to receive signals from other chips or devices.
- the above module used for sending is an interface circuit of the device and is used to send signals to other devices.
- the sending module is an interface circuit used by the chip to send signals to other chips or devices.
- the terminal device can be applied in the communication system shown in Figure 1 and is used to implement the first terminal device or the third terminal in the above embodiment. Operation of the equipment.
- the terminal device includes: an antenna 1410, a radio frequency part 1420, and a signal processing part 1430.
- the antenna 1410 is connected to the radio frequency part 1420.
- the radio frequency part 1420 receives the information sent by the access network device through the antenna 1410, and sends the information sent by the access network device to the signal processing part 1430 for processing.
- the signal processing part 1430 processes the information of the terminal equipment and sends it to the radio frequency part 1420.
- the radio frequency part 1420 processes the information of the terminal equipment and then sends it to the access network equipment through the antenna 1410.
- the signal processing part 1430 may include a modulation and demodulation subsystem for processing each communication protocol layer of data; it may also include a central processing subsystem for processing the operating system and application layer of the terminal device; in addition, it may It includes other subsystems, such as multimedia subsystem, peripheral subsystem, etc.
- the multimedia subsystem is used to control the camera, screen display, etc. of the terminal device, and the peripheral subsystem is used to realize the connection with other devices.
- the modem subsystem can be a separately configured chip.
- the modem subsystem may include one or more processing elements 1431, including, for example, a host CPU and other integrated circuits.
- the modem subsystem may also include a storage element 1432 and an interface circuit 1433.
- the storage element 1432 is used to store data and programs, but the program used to perform the method performed by the terminal device in the above method may not be stored in the storage element 1432, but is stored in a memory outside the modem subsystem.
- the modem subsystem is loaded and used when used.
- Interface circuit 1433 is used to communicate with other subsystems.
- the modulation and demodulation subsystem can be implemented by a chip, which includes at least one processing element and an interface circuit, wherein the processing element is used to perform various steps of any method performed by the above terminal equipment, and the interface circuit is used to communicate with other devices.
- the unit for the terminal device to implement each step in the above method can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler.
- the device for the terminal device includes a processing element and a storage element, and the processing element calls a program stored in the storage element to Execute the method executed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
- the storage element may be a storage element on the same chip as the processing element, that is, an on-chip storage element.
- the program for executing the method performed by the terminal device in the above method may be in a storage element on a different chip from the processing element, that is, an off-chip storage element.
- the processing element calls from the off-chip storage element or loads the program on the on-chip storage element to call and execute the method executed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
- the unit of the terminal device that implements each step in the above method may be configured as one or more processing elements. These processing elements are provided on the modulation and demodulation subsystem.
- the processing elements here may be integrated circuits. For example: one or more ASICs, or one or more DSPs, or one or more FPGAs, or a combination of these types of integrated circuits. These integrated circuits can be integrated together to form a chip.
- the units of the terminal device that implement each step in the above method can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a SOC.
- the SOC chip is used to implement the above method.
- the chip can integrate at least one processing element and a storage element, and the processing element calls the stored program of the storage element to implement the above method executed by the terminal device; or, the chip can integrate at least one integrated circuit to implement the above terminal device.
- the method of device execution; or, the above implementation methods can be combined, and the functions of some units are realized in the form of processing components calling programs, and the functions of some units are realized in the form of integrated circuits.
- the above device for terminal equipment may include at least one processing element and an interface circuit, wherein at least one processing element is used
- the method is executed by any terminal device provided in the above method embodiments.
- the processing element can execute part or all of the steps executed by the terminal device in the first way: that is, by calling the program stored in the storage element; or it can also use the second way: that is, by combining the instructions with the integrated logic circuit of the hardware in the processor element. method to perform part or all of the steps performed by the terminal device; of course, the first method and the second method may also be combined to perform part or all of the steps performed by the terminal device.
- the processing elements here are the same as described above and can be implemented by a processor.
- the functions of the processing elements can be the same as the functions of the processing unit described in FIG. 13 .
- the processing element may be a general-purpose processor, such as a CPU, or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, such as: one or more ASICs, or one or more microprocessors DSP , or, one or more FPGAs, etc., or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms.
- the storage element can be implemented by a memory, and the function of the storage element can be the same as the function of the storage unit described in FIG. 13 .
- the storage element can be one memory or a collective name for multiple memories.
- the terminal device shown in Figure 14 can implement various processes related to the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
- the operations and/or functions of each module in the terminal device shown in Figure 14 are respectively intended to implement the corresponding processes in the above method embodiment.
- system and “network” in the embodiments of this application may be used interchangeably.
- “And/or” describes the relationship between associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist simultaneously, and B alone exists, where A, B can be singular or plural.
- “At least one of the following” or similar expressions thereof refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (items) or a plurality of items (items).
- “at least one of A, B, and C” includes A, B, C, AB, AC, BC, or ABC.
- the ordinal numbers such as “first” and “second” mentioned in the embodiments of this application are used to distinguish multiple objects and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority or importance of multiple objects. degree.
- embodiments of the present application may be provided as methods, systems, or computer program products. Accordingly, the present application may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or an embodiment that combines software and hardware aspects. Furthermore, the present application may take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including, but not limited to, disk storage, optical storage, etc.) having computer-usable program code embodied therein.
- a computer-usable storage media including, but not limited to, disk storage, optical storage, etc.
- These computer program instructions may also be stored in a computer-readable memory that causes a computer or other programmable data processing apparatus to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce an article of manufacture including the instruction means, the instructions
- the device implements the functions specified in a process or processes of the flowchart and/or a block or blocks of the block diagram.
- These computer program instructions may also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device, causing a series of operating steps to be performed on the computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing, thereby executing on the computer or other programmable device.
- Instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in a process or processes of a flowchart diagram and/or a block or blocks of a block diagram.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Description
相关申请的交叉引用Cross-references to related applications
本申请要求在2022年07月04日提交中国专利局、申请号为202210788490.0、申请名称为“一种通信方法、装置及系统”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application filed with the China Patent Office on July 4, 2022, with application number 202210788490.0 and application title "A communication method, device and system", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference. middle.
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法、装置及系统。The present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular, to a communication method, device and system.
随着终端设备的不断发展和普及,用户可能拥有多个终端设备,比如有便于携带的智能手机、有超大屏幕的智能电视、更有小巧轻便但屏幕很小的智能手表等,这些设备通常都支持通话业务,但用户体验不尽相同。从通话连续性、用户体验最大化等角度出发,用户经常需要将通话业务在不同终端设备之间转移。比如,在用户通过智能手机与朋友进行视频通话过程中,如果用户从户外回到家中,可能需要将视频通话从智能手机转移到智能电视上进行,以便通过屏幕更大、清晰度更高的智能电视继续与朋友进行视频通话。With the continuous development and popularization of terminal devices, users may have multiple terminal devices, such as smart phones that are easy to carry, smart TVs with super large screens, smart watches that are compact and lightweight but with small screens, etc. These devices usually Call services are supported, but the user experience is different. From the perspectives of call continuity and maximizing user experience, users often need to transfer call services between different terminal devices. For example, when a user is making a video call with a friend on a smartphone, if the user returns home from outdoors, he or she may need to transfer the video call from the smartphone to a smart TV so that the user can view the video call through a smartphone with a larger screen and higher definition. TV to continue video calls with friends.
如何实现通话业务在不同终端设备之间转移,仍需进一步研究。How to realize the transfer of call services between different terminal devices still requires further research.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供一种通信方法、装置及系统,用于实现通话业务在不同终端设备之间转移。This application provides a communication method, device and system for transferring call services between different terminal devices.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,该方法可以应用于第一终端设备或者第一终端设备中的模块,本申请实施例不限该方法的具体执行主体。以该方法应用于第一终端设备为例,在该方法中,第一终端设备执行所述第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的M个媒体数据传输业务;第一终端设备通过近距离通信连接向第三终端设备发送交接指示信息,所述交接指示信息指示所述第三终端设备执行所述第三终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的P个媒体数据传输业务,所述P个媒体数据传输业务用于取代所述M个媒体数据传输业务中的N个媒体数据传输业务;以及,第一终端设备确定所述第三终端设备已开始执行所述P个媒体数据传输业务后,暂停执行或终止执行所述N个媒体数据传输业务;其中,每一个媒体数据传输业务用于传输和/或呈现所述第一终端设备的用户与所述第二终端设备的用户之间的通话业务关联的媒体数据;N小于或等于M,P大于或等于或小于N。In the first aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, which can be applied to a first terminal device or a module in the first terminal device. The embodiments of the present application are not limited to the specific execution subject of the method. Taking this method applied to the first terminal device as an example, in this method, the first terminal device performs M media data transmission services between the first terminal device and the second terminal device; the first terminal device passes through a short distance The communication connection sends handover instruction information to the third terminal device, and the handover instruction information instructs the third terminal device to perform P media data transmission services between the third terminal device and the second terminal device, and the P media data transmission services are used to replace N media data transmission services among the M media data transmission services; and, the first terminal device determines that the third terminal device has started to execute the P media data transmission services After that, the execution of the N media data transmission services is suspended or terminated; wherein each media data transmission service is used to transmit and/or present the connection between the user of the first terminal device and the user of the second terminal device. Media data associated with the call service; N is less than or equal to M, and P is greater than or equal to or less than N.
采用上述方法,第一终端设备可以通过近距离通信连接向第三终端设备发送交接指示信息,以将N个媒体数据传输业务交接给第三终端设备,从而能够实现第一终端设备将通话业务转场到第三终端设备。如此,第一终端设备与第三终端设备无需预先绑定,第一终端设备可以通过近距离通信连接向第三终端设备发送交接指示信息,因此,对于用户来说,可以实现“一键转场”(比如用户在第一终端设备上触发一下转场按键,便可以将第一终端设备的通话业务转场到第三终端设备)或者“碰一碰转场”(比如用户将第一终端设备与第三终端设备碰一碰,便可以将第一终端设备的通话业务转场到第三终端设备),能够有效提高用户体验;且,由于第一终端设备与第三终端设备可以直接通过近距离通信连接进行通信,转场的实现较为简便,且能够有效降低转场时延。Using the above method, the first terminal device can send handover instruction information to the third terminal device through the short-range communication connection to hand over the N media data transmission services to the third terminal device, thereby enabling the first terminal device to transfer the call service to the third terminal device. field to a third terminal device. In this way, the first terminal device and the third terminal device do not need to be pre-bound. The first terminal device can send handover instruction information to the third terminal device through the near field communication connection. Therefore, for the user, "one-click transition" can be realized ” (For example, if the user triggers the transition button on the first terminal device, the call service of the first terminal device can be transferred to the third terminal device) or “touch transition” (for example, the user can transfer the call service of the first terminal device to the third terminal device) By touching the third terminal device, the call service of the first terminal device can be transferred to the third terminal device), which can effectively improve the user experience; and, since the first terminal device and the third terminal device can directly communicate through the proximity The distance communication connection is used to communicate, the implementation of transition is relatively simple, and the transition delay can be effectively reduced.
在一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:通过所述近距离通信连接向所述第三终端设备发送交接凭证信息,所述交接凭证信息指示所述通话业务的控制功能实体允许所述第三终端设备接替所述第二终端设备执行媒体数据传输业务。In a possible design, the method further includes: sending handover credential information to the third terminal device through the short-range communication connection, where the handover credential information indicates that the control function entity of the call service allows the The third terminal device takes over from the second terminal device to perform the media data transmission service.
如此,由于第一终端设备可以向第三终端设备发送交接凭证信息,第三终端设备自身无需去请求凭证信息,从而使得第三终端设备可以更加多样化(比如第三终端设备无需具有请求凭证信息的能力),转场方案的适用性更强。In this way, since the first terminal device can send the handover credential information to the third terminal device, the third terminal device itself does not need to request the credential information, so that the third terminal device can be more diverse (for example, the third terminal device does not need to request credential information) ability), the transition plan is more applicable.
在一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:向所述控制功能实体发送交接凭证请求信息,所述交接凭证请求信息包括所述第一终端设备的用户的信息和所述第三终端设备的设备标识,所述第一终端设备的用户的信息和所述第三终端设备的设备标识用于生成所述交接凭证信息;从所述控制功能实体接收所述交接凭证信息。In a possible design, the method further includes: sending handover credential request information to the control function entity, where the handover credential request information includes information about the user of the first terminal device and the third terminal device. The device identification, the user information of the first terminal device and the device identification of the third terminal device are used to generate the handover voucher information; receiving the handover voucher information from the control function entity.
在一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:接收来自所述第三终端设备的近距离广播消息,所述近距 离广播消息包括所述第三终端设备的近距离广播标识;根据所述第三终端设备的近距离广播标识,确定所述第三终端设备的设备标识。In a possible design, the method further includes: receiving a short-range broadcast message from the third terminal device, the short-range broadcast message being The distance broadcast message includes the short distance broadcast identification of the third terminal device; and the device identification of the third terminal device is determined according to the short distance broadcast identification of the third terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:通过所述近距离通信连接向所述第三终端设备发送所述控制功能实体的地址信息。In a possible design, the method further includes: sending the address information of the control function entity to the third terminal device through the short-range communication connection.
在一种可能的设计中,所述交接指示信息包括交接对象信息,所述交接对象信息用于指示所述N个媒体数据传输业务。In a possible design, the handover instruction information includes handover object information, and the handover object information is used to indicate the N media data transmission services.
如此,第一终端设备可以灵活确定交接对象,并通过交接对象信息向第三终端设备指示交接对象,使得第三终端设备可以明确获知交接对象。In this way, the first terminal device can flexibly determine the handover object and indicate the handover object to the third terminal device through the handover object information, so that the third terminal device can clearly know the handover object.
在一种可能的设计中,所述交接对象信息包括所述N个媒体数据传输业务的标识。In a possible design, the handover object information includes identifiers of the N media data transmission services.
在一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:通过所述近距离通信连接接收来自所述第三终端设备的媒体能力信息,所述媒体能力信息用于指示所述第三终端设备支持的媒体数据传输业务;根据所述媒体能力信息,确定所述交接对象信息。In a possible design, the method further includes: receiving media capability information from the third terminal device through the short-range communication connection, where the media capability information is used to indicate that the third terminal device supports Media data transmission service: determine the handover object information according to the media capability information.
如此,由于交接对象信息是根据第三终端设备的媒体能力信息确定的,从而能够避免因第三终端设备的媒体能力限制而导致转场失败,便于保证成功转场。In this way, since the handover object information is determined based on the media capability information of the third terminal device, it is possible to avoid transition failure due to media capability limitations of the third terminal device and ensure a successful transition.
在一种可能的设计中,所述交接指示信息包括第二终端设备的用户标识和/或所述通话业务关联的所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的会话的标识。In a possible design, the handover instruction information includes a user identification of the second terminal device and/or an identification of a session between the first terminal device and the second terminal device associated with the call service.
在一种可能的设计中,确定所述第三终端设备已开始执行所述P个媒体数据传输业务,包括:接收来自所述第三终端设备的交接完成信息,所述交接完成信息用于指示所述第三终端设备已开始执行所述P个媒体数据传输业务。In a possible design, determining that the third terminal device has started executing the P media data transmission services includes: receiving handover completion information from the third terminal device, where the handover completion information is used to indicate The third terminal device has started executing the P media data transmission services.
在一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:通过所述近距离通信连接向所述第三终端设备发送控制信息,所述控制信息用于控制所述P个媒体数据传输业务。In a possible design, the method further includes: sending control information to the third terminal device through the short-range communication connection, where the control information is used to control the P media data transmission services.
也就是说,在第一终端设备将通话业务转场到第三终端设备后,第一终端设备还可以通过发送控制信息,来控制第三终端设备的P个媒体数据传输业务。如此,当第三终端设备为操作不便的设备、第一终端设备为操作简便的设备时,用户可以在第一终端设备上执行操作,来控制第三终端设备的P个媒体数据传输业务,便于提高用户体验。That is to say, after the first terminal device transfers the call service to the third terminal device, the first terminal device can also control the P media data transmission services of the third terminal device by sending control information. In this way, when the third terminal device is a device that is inconvenient to operate and the first terminal device is a device that is easy to operate, the user can perform operations on the first terminal device to control the P media data transmission services of the third terminal device to facilitate Improve user experience.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,该方法可以应用于第三终端设备或者第三终端设备中的模块,本申请实施例不限该方法的具体执行主体。以该方法应用于第三终端设备为例,在该方法中,第三终端设备通过近距离通信连接接收来自第一终端设备的交接指示信息,所述交接指示信息指示所述第三终端设备执行所述第三终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的P个媒体数据传输业务,所述P个媒体数据传输业务用于取代所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的N个媒体数据传输业务;以及,第三终端设备根据所述交接指示信息,执行所述第三终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的P个媒体数据传输业务;其中,每一个媒体数据传输业务用于传输和/或呈现所述第一终端设备的用户与所述第二终端设备的用户之间的通话业务关联的媒体数据;N小于或等于M,P大于或等于或小于N。In the second aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, which can be applied to a third terminal device or a module in the third terminal device. The embodiments of the present application are not limited to the specific execution subject of the method. Taking this method applied to a third terminal device as an example, in this method, the third terminal device receives handover instruction information from the first terminal device through a short-range communication connection, and the handover instruction information instructs the third terminal device to perform P media data transmission services between the third terminal device and the second terminal device, the P media data transmission services are used to replace the P media data transmission services between the first terminal device and the second terminal device. N media data transmission services; and, the third terminal device performs P media data transmission services between the third terminal device and the second terminal device according to the handover instruction information; wherein, each media data The transmission service is used to transmit and/or present media data associated with the call service between the user of the first terminal device and the user of the second terminal device; N is less than or equal to M, and P is greater than or equal to or less than N.
在一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:通过所述近距离通信连接接收来自所述第一终端设备发送交接凭证信息;向所述控制功能实体发送所述交接凭证信息,所述交接凭证信息指示所述通话业务的控制功能实体允许所述第三终端设备执行所述第三终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的P个媒体数据传输业务。In a possible design, the method further includes: receiving handover voucher information from the first terminal device through the short-range communication connection; sending the handover voucher information to the control function entity. The credential information indicates that the control function entity of the call service allows the third terminal device to perform P media data transmission services between the third terminal device and the second terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:通过所述近距离通信连接接收来自所述第一终端设备的所述控制功能实体的地址信息。In a possible design, the method further includes: receiving address information from the control function entity of the first terminal device through the short-range communication connection.
在一种可能的设计中,所述交接指示信息包括交接对象信息,所述交接对象信息用于指示所述N个媒体数据传输业务。In a possible design, the handover instruction information includes handover object information, and the handover object information is used to indicate the N media data transmission services.
在一种可能的设计中,所述交接对象信息包括所述N个媒体数据传输业务的标识。In a possible design, the handover object information includes identifiers of the N media data transmission services.
在一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:通过所述近距离通信连接向所述第一终端设备发送媒体能力信息,所述媒体能力信息用于指示所述第三终端设备支持的媒体数据传输业务;其中,所述媒体能力信息用于确定所述交接对象信息。In a possible design, the method further includes: sending media capability information to the first terminal device through the short-range communication connection, where the media capability information is used to indicate media supported by the third terminal device. Data transmission service; wherein the media capability information is used to determine the handover object information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述交接指示信息包括第二终端设备的用户标识和/或所述通话业务关联的所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的会话的标识。 In a possible design, the handover instruction information includes a user identification of the second terminal device and/or an identification of a session between the first terminal device and the second terminal device associated with the call service.
在一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:通过所述近距离通信连接向所述第一终端设备发送交接完成信息,所述交接完成信息用于指示所述第三终端设备已开始执行所述P个媒体数据传输业务。In a possible design, the method further includes: sending handover completion information to the first terminal device through the short-range communication connection, where the handover completion information is used to indicate that the third terminal device has started execution. The P media data transmission services.
在一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:通过所述近距离通信连接接收来自所述第一终端设备的控制信息,所述控制信息用于控制所述P个媒体数据传输业务。In a possible design, the method further includes: receiving control information from the first terminal device through the short-range communication connection, where the control information is used to control the P media data transmission services.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,该方法的执行主体可以包括第一终端设备和第三终端设备。在该方法中,第一终端设备执行所述第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的M个媒体数据传输业务;以及,通过近距离通信连接向第三终端设备发送交接指示信息,所述交接指示信息指示所述第三终端设备执行所述第三终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的P个媒体数据传输业务,所述P个媒体数据传输业务用于取代所述M个媒体数据传输业务中的N个媒体数据传输业务;所述第三终端设备接收来自所述第一终端设备的所述交接指示信息,并根据所述交接指示信息,执行所述第三终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的P个媒体数据传输业务;所述第一终端设备确定所述第三终端设备已开始执行所述P个媒体数据传输业务后,暂停执行或终止执行所述N个媒体数据传输业务;其中,每一个媒体数据传输业务用于传输和/或呈现所述第一终端设备的用户与所述第二终端设备的用户之间的通话业务关联的媒体数据;N小于或等于M,P大于或等于或小于N。In a third aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, and the execution subject of the method may include a first terminal device and a third terminal device. In this method, the first terminal device performs M media data transmission services between the first terminal device and the second terminal device; and, sends handover instruction information to the third terminal device through a short distance communication connection, the The handover instruction information instructs the third terminal device to perform P media data transmission services between the third terminal device and the second terminal device, and the P media data transmission services are used to replace the M media N media data transmission services in the data transmission services; the third terminal device receives the handover instruction information from the first terminal device, and executes the communication between the third terminal device and the first terminal device according to the handover instruction information. P media data transmission services between the second terminal devices; after the first terminal device determines that the third terminal device has started to execute the P media data transmission services, it suspends or terminates the execution of the N media data transmission services. Media data transmission services; wherein each media data transmission service is used to transmit and/or present media data associated with the call service between the user of the first terminal device and the user of the second terminal device; N is less than or Equal to M, P is greater than or equal to or less than N.
在一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:所述第一终端设备通过所述近距离通信连接向所述第三终端设备发送交接凭证信息;所述第三终端设备接收到所述交接凭证信息后,向所述通话业务的控制功能实体发送所述交接凭证信息,所述交接凭证信息指示所述控制功能实体允许所述第三终端设备接替所述第二终端设备执行媒体数据传输业务。In a possible design, the method further includes: the first terminal device sending handover voucher information to the third terminal device through the short-range communication connection; and the third terminal device receiving the handover voucher information. After receiving the voucher information, the handover voucher information is sent to the control function entity of the call service, and the handover voucher information indicates that the control function entity allows the third terminal device to take over the second terminal device to perform the media data transmission service. .
在一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:所述第一终端设备向所述控制功能实体发送交接凭证请求信息,所述交接凭证请求信息包括所述第一终端设备的用户的信息和所述第三终端设备的设备标识,所述第一终端设备的用户的信息和所述第三终端设备的设备标识用于生成所述交接凭证信息;所述第一终端设备从所述控制功能实体接收所述交接凭证信息。In a possible design, the method further includes: the first terminal device sending handover credential request information to the control function entity, where the handover credential request information includes information about the user of the first terminal device and The device identification of the third terminal device, the user information of the first terminal device and the device identification of the third terminal device are used to generate the handover voucher information; the first terminal device obtains the information from the control function The entity receives the handover credential information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:所述第一终端设备接收来自所述第三终端设备的近距离广播消息,所述近距离广播消息包括所述第三终端设备的近距离广播标识;所述第一终端设备根据所述第三终端设备的近距离广播标识,确定所述第三终端设备的设备标识。In a possible design, the method further includes: the first terminal device receiving a short-range broadcast message from the third terminal device, where the short-range broadcast message includes a short-range broadcast message of the third terminal device. Broadcast identification; the first terminal device determines the device identification of the third terminal device based on the short-range broadcast identification of the third terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:所述第一终端设备通过所述近距离通信连接向所述第三终端设备发送所述控制功能实体的地址信息;所述第三终端设备根据所述控制功能实体的地址信息,向所述通话业务的控制功能实体发送所述交接凭证信息。In a possible design, the method further includes: the first terminal device sending the address information of the control function entity to the third terminal device through the short-range communication connection; the third terminal device According to the address information of the control function entity, the handover voucher information is sent to the control function entity of the call service.
在一种可能的设计中,所述交接指示信息包括交接对象信息,所述交接对象信息用于指示所述N个媒体数据传输业务。In a possible design, the handover instruction information includes handover object information, and the handover object information is used to indicate the N media data transmission services.
在一种可能的设计中,所述交接对象信息包括所述N个媒体数据传输业务的标识。In a possible design, the handover object information includes identifiers of the N media data transmission services.
在一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:所述第三终端设备通过所述近距离通信连接向所述第一终端设备发送所述第三终端设备的媒体能力信息,所述媒体能力信息用于指示所述第三终端设备支持的媒体数据传输业务;所述第一终端设备接收到所述第三终端设备的媒体能力信息后,根据所述媒体能力信息,确定所述交接对象信息。In a possible design, the method further includes: the third terminal device sending media capability information of the third terminal device to the first terminal device through the short-range communication connection. The information is used to indicate the media data transmission service supported by the third terminal device; after receiving the media capability information of the third terminal device, the first terminal device determines the handover object information according to the media capability information. .
在一种可能的设计中,所述交接指示信息包括第二终端设备的用户标识和/或所述通话业务关联的所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的会话的标识。In a possible design, the handover instruction information includes a user identification of the second terminal device and/or an identification of a session between the first terminal device and the second terminal device associated with the call service.
在一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:所述第三终端设备通过所述近场通信连接,向所述第一终端设备发送交接完成信息,所述交接完成信息用于指示所述第三终端设备已开始执行所述P个媒体数据传输业务;所述第一终端设备根据所述交接完成信息,确定所述第三终端设备已开始执行所述P个媒体数据传输业务。In a possible design, the method further includes: the third terminal device sending handover completion information to the first terminal device through the near field communication connection, where the handover completion information is used to indicate that the handover completion information The third terminal device has started to execute the P media data transmission services; the first terminal device determines that the third terminal device has started to execute the P media data transmission services according to the handover completion information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:所述第一终端设备通过所述近距离通信连接向所述第三终端设备发送控制信息;所述第三终端设备接收所述控制信息,所述控制信息用于控制所述P个媒体数据传输业务。In a possible design, the method further includes: the first terminal device sending control information to the third terminal device through the short-range communication connection; the third terminal device receiving the control information, The control information is used to control the P media data transmission services.
可以理解的是,第二方面和第三方面请求保护的方法与第一方面请求保护的方法相对应,第二方面和第三方面中相关技术特征的有益效果可以参照第一方面中的描述。 It can be understood that the methods claimed in the second and third aspects correspond to the methods claimed in the first aspect, and the beneficial effects of the relevant technical features in the second and third aspects can be referred to the description in the first aspect.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,所述通信装置具备实现上述第一方面所述方法的功能。比如,所述通信装置包括执行上述第一方面所涉及的步骤的模块或单元或手段(means),所述功能或单元或手段可以通过软件实现,或者通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。In a fourth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a communication device, which has the function of implementing the method described in the first aspect. For example, the communication device includes modules or units or means (means) that perform the steps involved in the first aspect. The functions, units or means can be implemented by software, or implemented by hardware, or can also be implemented by hardware. Software Implementation.
作为一种可能的实现,所述通信装置包括处理模块、通信模块,其中,通信模块可以用于收发信号,以实现该通信装置和其它装置之间的通信;处理模块可以用于执行该通信装置的一些内部操作。As a possible implementation, the communication device includes a processing module and a communication module, where the communication module can be used to send and receive signals to implement communication between the communication device and other devices; the processing module can be used to execute the communication device some internal operations.
具体地,在一个实施例中,处理模块用于:执行所述第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的M个媒体数据传输业务;通信模块用于:通过近距离通信连接向第三终端设备发送交接指示信息,所述交接指示信息指示所述第三终端设备执行所述第三终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的P个媒体数据传输业务,所述P个媒体数据传输业务用于取代所述M个媒体数据传输业务中的N个媒体数据传输业务;以及,处理模块还用于:确定所述第三终端设备已开始执行所述P个媒体数据传输业务后,暂停执行或终止执行所述N个媒体数据传输业务;其中,每一个媒体数据传输业务用于传输和/或呈现所述第一终端设备的用户与所述第二终端设备的用户之间的通话业务关联的媒体数据;N小于或等于M,P大于或等于或小于N。Specifically, in one embodiment, the processing module is configured to: perform M media data transmission services between the first terminal device and the second terminal device; the communication module is configured to: transmit data to the third terminal through a short distance communication connection. The device sends handover instruction information, and the handover instruction information instructs the third terminal device to perform P media data transmission services between the third terminal device and the second terminal device, and the P media data transmission services used to replace N media data transmission services among the M media data transmission services; and, the processing module is also used to: after determining that the third terminal device has started executing the P media data transmission services, suspend execution Or terminate the execution of the N media data transmission services; wherein each media data transmission service is used to transmit and/or present the call service association between the user of the first terminal device and the user of the second terminal device. media data; N is less than or equal to M, and P is greater than or equal to or less than N.
在一种可能的设计中,通信模块还用于:通过所述近距离通信连接向所述第三终端设备发送交接凭证信息,所述交接凭证信息指示所述通话业务的控制功能实体允许所述第三终端设备接替所述第二终端设备执行媒体数据传输业务。In a possible design, the communication module is further configured to: send handover credential information to the third terminal device through the short-range communication connection, where the handover credential information indicates that the control function entity of the call service allows the The third terminal device takes over from the second terminal device to perform the media data transmission service.
在一种可能的设计中,通信模块还用于:向所述控制功能实体发送交接凭证请求信息,所述交接凭证请求信息包括所述第一终端设备的用户的信息和所述第三终端设备的设备标识,所述第一终端设备的用户的信息和所述第三终端设备的设备标识用于生成所述交接凭证信息;从所述控制功能实体接收所述交接凭证信息。In a possible design, the communication module is further configured to: send handover credential request information to the control function entity, where the handover credential request information includes information about the user of the first terminal device and the third terminal device. The device identification, the user information of the first terminal device and the device identification of the third terminal device are used to generate the handover voucher information; receiving the handover voucher information from the control function entity.
在一种可能的设计中,通信模块还用于:接收来自所述第三终端设备的近距离广播消息,所述近距离广播消息包括所述第三终端设备的近距离广播标识;处理模块还用于:根据所述第三终端设备的近距离广播标识,确定所述第三终端设备的设备标识。In a possible design, the communication module is further configured to: receive a short-range broadcast message from the third terminal device, where the short-range broadcast message includes the short-range broadcast identification of the third terminal device; the processing module is further Used to: determine the device identifier of the third terminal device according to the short-range broadcast identifier of the third terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,通信模块还用于:通过所述近距离通信连接向所述第三终端设备发送所述控制功能实体的地址信息。In a possible design, the communication module is further configured to: send the address information of the control function entity to the third terminal device through the short-range communication connection.
在一种可能的设计中,所述交接指示信息包括交接对象信息,所述交接对象信息用于指示所述N个媒体数据传输业务。In a possible design, the handover instruction information includes handover object information, and the handover object information is used to indicate the N media data transmission services.
在一种可能的设计中,所述交接对象信息包括所述N个媒体数据传输业务的标识。In a possible design, the handover object information includes identifiers of the N media data transmission services.
在一种可能的设计中,通信模块还用于:通过所述近距离通信连接接收来自所述第三终端设备的媒体能力信息,所述媒体能力信息用于指示所述第三终端设备支持的媒体数据传输业务;处理模块还用于:根据所述媒体能力信息,确定所述交接对象信息。In a possible design, the communication module is further configured to: receive media capability information from the third terminal device through the short-range communication connection, where the media capability information is used to indicate that the third terminal device supports Media data transmission service; the processing module is also used to: determine the handover object information according to the media capability information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述交接指示信息包括第二终端设备的用户标识和/或所述通话业务关联的所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的会话的标识。In a possible design, the handover instruction information includes a user identification of the second terminal device and/or an identification of a session between the first terminal device and the second terminal device associated with the call service.
在一种可能的设计中,通信模块还用于:接收来自所述第三终端设备的交接完成信息,所述交接完成信息用于指示所述第三终端设备已开始执行所述P个媒体数据传输业务。In a possible design, the communication module is further configured to: receive handover completion information from the third terminal device, where the handover completion information is used to indicate that the third terminal device has started executing the P pieces of media data. transmission business.
在一种可能的设计中,通信模块还用于:通过所述近距离通信连接向所述第三终端设备发送控制信息,所述控制信息用于控制所述P个媒体数据传输业务。In a possible design, the communication module is further configured to: send control information to the third terminal device through the short-range communication connection, where the control information is used to control the P media data transmission services.
作为一种可能的实现,所述通信装置包括处理器,还可以包括收发器,所述收发器用于收发信号,所述处理器执行程序指令,以完成上述第一方面中任意可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。其中,所述通信装置还可以包括一个或多个存储器,所述存储器用于与处理器耦合,所述存储器可以保存实现上述第一方面涉及的功能的必要计算机程序或指令。所述处理器可执行所述存储器存储的计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令被执行时,使得所述通信装置实现上述第一方面中任意可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。As a possible implementation, the communication device includes a processor and may also include a transceiver, the transceiver is used to send and receive signals, and the processor executes program instructions to complete any possible design or implementation in the first aspect. method within the method. Wherein, the communication device may further include one or more memories, the memory being used to couple with the processor, and the memory may store necessary computer programs or instructions to implement the functions involved in the first aspect. The processor can execute the computer program or instructions stored in the memory. When the computer program or instructions are executed, the communication device implements the method in any possible design or implementation manner in the above-mentioned first aspect.
作为一种可能的实现,所述通信装置包括处理器,处理器可以用于与存储器耦合。所述存储器可以保存实现上述第一方面涉及的功能的必要计算机程序或指令。所述处理器可执行所述存储器存储的计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令被执行时,使得所述通信装置实现上述第一方面中任意可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。As a possible implementation, the communication device includes a processor, and the processor may be configured to be coupled to a memory. The memory may store necessary computer programs or instructions to implement the functions involved in the first aspect. The processor can execute the computer program or instructions stored in the memory. When the computer program or instructions are executed, the communication device implements the method in any possible design or implementation manner in the above-mentioned first aspect.
作为一种可能的实现,所述通信装置包括处理器和接口电路,其中,处理器用于通过所述接口电 路与其它装置通信,并执行上述第一方面中任意可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。As a possible implementation, the communication device includes a processor and an interface circuit, wherein the processor is configured to electrically The method communicates with other devices and performs the method in any possible design or implementation manner in the first aspect.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,所述通信装置具备实现上述第二方面所述方法的功能。比如,所述通信装置包括执行上述第二方面所涉及的步骤的模块或单元或手段,所述功能或单元或手段可以通过软件实现,或者通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。In a fifth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a communication device, which has the function of implementing the method described in the second aspect. For example, the communication device includes modules, units or means for executing the steps involved in the second aspect. The functions, units or means may be implemented by software or hardware, or may be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
在一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置包括处理模块、通信模块,其中,通信模块可以用于收发信号,以实现该通信装置和其它装置之间的通信;处理模块可以用于执行该通信装置的一些内部操作。In a possible design, the communication device includes a processing module and a communication module, wherein the communication module can be used to send and receive signals to implement communication between the communication device and other devices; the processing module can be used to perform the communication Some internal operations of the device.
具体地,在一个实施例中,通信模块用于:通过近距离通信连接接收来自第一终端设备的交接指示信息,所述交接指示信息指示所述第三终端设备执行所述第三终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的P个媒体数据传输业务,所述P个媒体数据传输业务用于取代所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的N个媒体数据传输业务;处理模块用于:根据所述交接指示信息,执行所述第三终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的P个媒体数据传输业务;其中,每一个媒体数据传输业务用于传输和/或呈现所述第一终端设备的用户与所述第二终端设备的用户之间的通话业务关联的媒体数据;N小于或等于M,P大于或等于或小于N。Specifically, in one embodiment, the communication module is configured to: receive handover instruction information from the first terminal device through a short-range communication connection, where the handover instruction information instructs the third terminal device to perform the communication between the third terminal device and the third terminal device. P media data transmission services between the second terminal devices, the P media data transmission services are used to replace the N media data transmission services between the first terminal device and the second terminal device; The processing module is configured to: execute P media data transmission services between the third terminal device and the second terminal device according to the handover instruction information; wherein each media data transmission service is used for transmission and/or Media data associated with the call service between the user of the first terminal device and the user of the second terminal device is presented; N is less than or equal to M, and P is greater than or equal to or less than N.
在一种可能的设计中,通信模块还用于:通过所述近距离通信连接接收来自所述第一终端设备发送交接凭证信息;向所述控制功能实体发送所述交接凭证信息,所述交接凭证信息指示所述通话业务的控制功能实体允许所述第三终端设备执行所述第三终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的P个媒体数据传输业务。In a possible design, the communication module is further configured to: receive handover voucher information sent from the first terminal device through the short-range communication connection; send the handover voucher information to the control function entity, and the handover voucher information is sent to the control function entity. The credential information indicates that the control function entity of the call service allows the third terminal device to perform P media data transmission services between the third terminal device and the second terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,通信模块还用于:通过所述近距离通信连接接收来自所述第一终端设备的所述控制功能实体的地址信息。In a possible design, the communication module is further configured to: receive address information from the control function entity of the first terminal device through the short-range communication connection.
在一种可能的设计中,所述交接指示信息包括交接对象信息,所述交接对象信息用于指示所述N个媒体数据传输业务。In a possible design, the handover instruction information includes handover object information, and the handover object information is used to indicate the N media data transmission services.
在一种可能的设计中,所述交接对象信息包括所述N个媒体数据传输业务的标识。In a possible design, the handover object information includes identifiers of the N media data transmission services.
在一种可能的设计中,通信模块还用于:通过所述近距离通信连接向所述第一终端设备发送媒体能力信息,所述媒体能力信息用于指示所述第三终端设备支持的媒体数据传输业务;其中,所述媒体能力信息用于确定所述交接对象信息。In a possible design, the communication module is further configured to: send media capability information to the first terminal device through the short-range communication connection, where the media capability information is used to indicate media supported by the third terminal device. Data transmission service; wherein the media capability information is used to determine the handover object information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述交接指示信息包括第二终端设备的用户标识和/或所述通话业务关联的所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的会话的标识。In a possible design, the handover instruction information includes a user identification of the second terminal device and/or an identification of a session between the first terminal device and the second terminal device associated with the call service.
在一种可能的设计中,通信模块还用于:通过所述近距离通信连接向所述第一终端设备发送交接完成信息,所述交接完成信息用于指示所述第三终端设备已开始执行所述P个媒体数据传输业务。In a possible design, the communication module is further configured to: send handover completion information to the first terminal device through the short-range communication connection, where the handover completion information is used to indicate that the third terminal device has started execution. The P media data transmission services.
在一种可能的设计中,通信模块还用于:通过所述近距离通信连接接收来自所述第一终端设备的控制信息,所述控制信息用于控制所述P个媒体数据传输业务。In a possible design, the communication module is further configured to: receive control information from the first terminal device through the short-range communication connection, where the control information is used to control the P media data transmission services.
作为一种可能的实现,所述通信装置包括处理器,还可以包括收发器,所述收发器用于收发信号,所述处理器执行程序指令,以完成上述第二方面中任意可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。其中,所述通信装置还可以包括一个或多个存储器,所述存储器用于与处理器耦合,所述存储器可以保存实现上述第二方面涉及的功能的必要计算机程序或指令。所述处理器可执行所述存储器存储的计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令被执行时,使得所述通信装置实现上述第二方面中任意可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。As a possible implementation, the communication device includes a processor and may also include a transceiver, the transceiver is used to send and receive signals, and the processor executes program instructions to complete any possible design or implementation in the second aspect. method within the method. Wherein, the communication device may further include one or more memories, the memories being used to couple with the processor, and the memories may store necessary computer programs or instructions to implement the functions involved in the second aspect. The processor can execute the computer program or instructions stored in the memory. When the computer program or instructions are executed, the communication device implements the method in any possible design or implementation manner in the second aspect.
作为一种可能的实现,所述通信装置包括处理器,处理器可以用于与存储器耦合。所述存储器可以保存实现上述第二方面涉及的功能的必要计算机程序或指令。所述处理器可执行所述存储器存储的计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令被执行时,使得所述通信装置实现上述第二方面中任意可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。As a possible implementation, the communication device includes a processor, and the processor may be configured to be coupled to a memory. The memory may store necessary computer programs or instructions to implement the functions related to the second aspect above. The processor can execute the computer program or instructions stored in the memory. When the computer program or instructions are executed, the communication device implements the method in any possible design or implementation manner in the second aspect.
作为一种可能的实现,所述通信装置包括处理器和接口电路,其中,处理器用于通过所述接口电路与其它装置通信,并执行上述第二方面中任意可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。As a possible implementation, the communication device includes a processor and an interface circuit, wherein the processor is configured to communicate with other devices through the interface circuit and execute the method in any possible design or implementation of the second aspect. .
可以理解地,上述第四方面和第五方面中,处理器可以通过硬件来实现也可以通过软件来实现,当通过硬件实现时,该处理器可以是逻辑电路、集成电路等;当通过软件来实现时,该处理器可以是一个通用处理器,通过读取存储器中存储的软件代码来实现。此外,以上处理器可以为一个或多个,存储器可以为一个或多个。存储器可以与处理器集成在一起,或者存储器与处理器分离设置。在具体实现过程 中,存储器可以与处理器集成在同一块芯片上,也可以分别设置在不同的芯片上,本申请实施例对存储器的类型以及存储器与处理器的设置方式不做限定。It can be understood that in the above fourth and fifth aspects, the processor can be implemented by hardware or software. When implemented by hardware, the processor can be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, etc.; when implemented by software, When implemented, the processor may be a general-purpose processor implemented by reading software code stored in memory. In addition, the above processors may be one or more, and the memories may be one or more. The memory can be integrated with the processor, or the memory can be provided separately from the processor. In the specific implementation process , the memory and the processor can be integrated on the same chip, or can be respectively provided on different chips. The embodiment of this application does not limit the type of memory and the arrangement method of the memory and the processor.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括上述第四方面所提供的通信装置和上述第五方面所提供的通信装置。In a sixth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a communication system, which includes the communication device provided in the fourth aspect and the communication device provided in the fifth aspect.
第七方面,本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机存储介质中存储有计算机可读指令,当计算机读取并执行所述计算机可读指令时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面和第二方面的任一种可能的设计中的方法。In a seventh aspect, the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium. Computer-readable instructions are stored in the computer storage medium. When the computer reads and executes the computer-readable instructions, the computer is caused to execute the above-mentioned first aspect and Methods in any possible design of the second aspect.
第八方面,本申请提供一种计算机程序产品,当计算机读取并执行所述计算机程序产品时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面和第二方面的任一种可能的设计中的方法。In an eighth aspect, the present application provides a computer program product, which when a computer reads and executes the computer program product, causes the computer to execute the method in any possible design of the first aspect and the second aspect.
第九方面,本申请提供一种芯片,所述芯片包括处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的软件程序,以实现上述第一方面和第二方面的任一种可能的设计中的方法。In a ninth aspect, the present application provides a chip, which includes a processor coupled to a memory for reading and executing software programs stored in the memory to implement the above first and second aspects. any possible design approach.
本申请的这些方面或其它方面在以下实施例的描述中会更加简明易懂。These and other aspects of the application will be more clearly understood in the following description of the embodiments.
图1为本申请实施例适用的一种网络架构示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture applicable to the embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的IMS网络的网络架构示意图;Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of the network architecture of the IMS network provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的通话界面示意图;Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of the call interface provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种可能的注册流程示意图;Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of a possible registration process provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种可能的会话建立流程示意图;Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of a possible session establishment process provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种可能的会话修改流程示意图;Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of a possible session modification process provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例一提供的通信方法对应的流程示意图;Figure 7 is a schematic flow chart corresponding to the communication method provided in Embodiment 1 of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例二提供的通信方法对应的流程示意图;Figure 8 is a schematic flow chart corresponding to the communication method provided in Embodiment 2 of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例三提供的通信方法对应的流程示意图;Figure 9 is a schematic flow chart corresponding to the communication method provided in Embodiment 3 of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例三中S907和S908对应的流程示意图;Figure 10 is a schematic flow chart corresponding to S907 and S908 in Embodiment 3 of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例三中S907和S908对应的流程示意图;Figure 11 is a schematic flow chart corresponding to S907 and S908 in Embodiment 3 of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的第一终端设备的界面示意图;Figure 12 is a schematic interface diagram of the first terminal device provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请实施例中所涉及的装置的可能的示例性框图;Figure 13 is a possible exemplary block diagram of the device involved in the embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请实施例中所涉及的装置的可能的结构示意图。Figure 14 is a schematic diagram of a possible structure of the device involved in the embodiment of the present application.
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the drawings in the embodiments of the present application.
参见图1,为本申请实施例适用的一种网络架构示意图。如图1所示,该网络架构可以包括多个终端设备和控制功能实体,多个终端设备比如包括第一终端设备、第二终端设备、第三终端设备,控制功能实体用于提供多个终端设备的用户(比如第一终端设备的用户和第二终端设备的用户)之间的通话业务,通话业务比如可以包括音频通话业务、视频通话业务。Refer to Figure 1, which is a schematic diagram of a network architecture applicable to the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 1, the network architecture may include multiple terminal devices and control function entities. The multiple terminal devices include, for example, a first terminal device, a second terminal device, and a third terminal device. The control function entity is used to provide multiple terminal devices. A call service between users of the device (for example, a user of a first terminal device and a user of a second terminal device). The call service may include, for example, an audio call service and a video call service.
其中,以第一终端设备为例,第一终端设备的用户可以对应第一终端设备中安装的用户识别模块(subscriber identification module,SIM)卡或虚拟SIM卡,本申请实施例中将以用户对应SIM卡为例进行说明。SIM卡可以理解为终端设备接入移动网络的钥匙,为了便于描述,本申请实施例中将SIM卡以及其演进都统称为SIM卡。比如SIM卡可以是全球移动通信系统(global system for mobile communications,GSM)数字移动电话用户的身份识别卡,用于存储用户的身份识别码和密钥;又比如,SIM卡也可以是全球用户识别卡(universal subscriber identity module,USIM),也可以称为升级SIM卡。Among them, taking the first terminal device as an example, the user of the first terminal device can correspond to the subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card or virtual SIM card installed in the first terminal device. In the embodiment of this application, the user corresponds to The SIM card is taken as an example for explanation. The SIM card can be understood as the key for terminal devices to access the mobile network. For convenience of description, the SIM card and its evolution are collectively referred to as SIM cards in the embodiments of this application. For example, the SIM card can be an identification card for global system for mobile communications (GSM) digital mobile phone users, used to store the user's identification code and key; for another example, the SIM card can also be a global user identification card. Card (universal subscriber identity module, USIM), can also be called an upgrade SIM card.
针对于第一终端设备的用户和第二终端设备的用户之间的通话业务,第一终端设备和第二终端设备之间可以通过控制功能实体传输通话业务对应的信令。比如,第一终端设备可以通过控制功能实体向第二终端设备发送通话业务的通话请求消息,若第二终端设备接受第一终端设备的通话请求,则第二终端设备可以通过控制功能实体向第一终端设备发送通话响应消息,进而在第一终端设备接收到通话响应消息后,第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间可以进行通话业务关联的媒体数据的传输。其中,通话请求消息和通话响应消息均为信令,通话请求消息比如可以为下文中的会话建立请求消息,通话响应消息比如可以为下文中的会话建立响应消息。以及,第一终端设备和第二终端设备之间可以传输通话业务关联的 媒体数据。可以理解的是,第一终端设备和第二终端设备之间可以通过其它可能的功能实体(图1中暂未示意)来传输通话业务关联的媒体数据。For the call service between the user of the first terminal device and the user of the second terminal device, signaling corresponding to the call service can be transmitted between the first terminal device and the second terminal device through the control function entity. For example, the first terminal device can send a call request message for the call service to the second terminal device through the control function entity. If the second terminal device accepts the call request of the first terminal device, the second terminal device can send a call request message to the third terminal device through the control function entity. A terminal device sends a call response message, and after the first terminal device receives the call response message, media data associated with the call service can be transmitted between the first terminal device and the second terminal device. The call request message and the call response message are both signaling. The call request message can be, for example, a session establishment request message described below, and the call response message can be, for example, a session establishment response message described below. And, the call service associated information can be transmitted between the first terminal device and the second terminal device. media data. It can be understood that the media data associated with the call service can be transmitted between the first terminal device and the second terminal device through other possible functional entities (not shown in FIG. 1 ).
进一步地,第一终端设备可以将通话业务转移(transfer)到第三终端设备,在转移过程中,第三终端设备可以与控制功能实体进行信令交互,在转移完成后,第三终端设备和第二终端设备之间可以传输通话业务关联的媒体数据。本申请实施例中,通话业务在不同终端设备之间的转移,也被称为“转场”(site shift),转场前的设备(比如第一终端设备)可以称为发起转场的设备或转场发起设备(site shift originating device),转场后的设备(比如第三终端设备)可以称为接受转场的设备或转场终止设备(site shift terminating device)。Further, the first terminal device can transfer the call service to the third terminal device. During the transfer process, the third terminal device can perform signaling interaction with the control function entity. After the transfer is completed, the third terminal device and Media data associated with the call service can be transmitted between the second terminal devices. In the embodiment of this application, the transfer of call services between different terminal devices is also called a "site shift". The device before the site shift (such as the first terminal device) can be called the device that initiates the site shift. Or site shift initiating device (site shift originating device). The device after the shift (such as the third terminal device) can be called the device that accepts the transition or the site shift terminating device (site shift terminating device).
下面分别对终端设备和控制功能实体进行详细介绍。The terminal equipment and control function entities are introduced in detail below.
(1)终端设备(1)Terminal equipment
终端设备可以称为用户设备、终端、移动台、移动终端等。终端设备可以广泛应用于各种场景,例如,设备到设备(device-to-device,D2D)、车物(vehicle to everything,V2X)通信、机器类通信(machine-type communication,MTC)、物联网(internet of things,IOT)、虚拟现实、增强现实、工业控制、自动驾驶、远程医疗、智能电网、智能家具、智能办公、智能穿戴、智能交通、智慧城市等。终端设备可以是手机、平板电脑、带无线收发功能的电脑、可穿戴设备、智能家居设备等;其中,可穿戴设备比如可以是智能手表或头戴式显示设备(比如虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)头显),智能家居设备比如可以是智能电视。本申请实施例对终端设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。本申请实施例中,终端设备可以包含第三代合作伙伴项目(the 3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)标准规范定义的用户设备(user equipment,UE)的功能。Terminal equipment may be called user equipment, terminal, mobile station, mobile terminal, etc. Terminal devices can be widely used in various scenarios, such as device-to-device (D2D), vehicle to everything (V2X) communication, machine-type communication (MTC), and the Internet of Things (internet of things, IOT), virtual reality, augmented reality, industrial control, autonomous driving, telemedicine, smart grid, smart furniture, smart office, smart wear, smart transportation, smart city, etc. Terminal devices can be mobile phones, tablets, computers with wireless transceiver functions, wearable devices, smart home devices, etc.; among them, wearable devices can be, for example, smart watches or head-mounted display devices (such as virtual reality (VR) ) head-mounted display), the smart home device can be a smart TV, for example. The embodiments of this application do not limit the specific technology and specific equipment form used by the terminal equipment. In the embodiment of this application, the terminal device may include the functions of user equipment (UE) defined by the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) standard specifications.
(2)控制功能实体(2) Control functional entity
作为一种可能的实现,控制功能实体可以包括注册功能实体和通话功能实体,注册功能实体用于负责终端设备的注册,通话功能实体用于实现多个终端设备的用户之间的通话业务。其中,注册功能实体可以与通话功能实体进行通信,比如注册功能实体可以通知通话功能实体注册成功的终端设备,进而针对注册成功的终端设备,通话功能实体可以为该终端设备的用户提供通话业务,而针对未注册的终端设备,通话功能实体可以不提供通话业务。As a possible implementation, the control function entity may include a registration function entity and a call function entity. The registration function entity is responsible for the registration of terminal devices, and the call function entity is used to implement call services between users of multiple terminal devices. Among them, the registration function entity can communicate with the call function entity. For example, the registration function entity can notify the call function entity of the successfully registered terminal device, and then for the successfully registered terminal device, the call function entity can provide call services to the user of the terminal device. For unregistered terminal equipment, the call function entity does not need to provide call services.
可以理解的是,本申请实施例中的实体也可以称为功能实体或网元。其中,实体既可以是硬件设备中的网络元件,也可以是在专用硬件上运行的软件功能,或者是平台(例如,云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能。可选的,上述实体可以由一个设备实现,也可以由多个设备共同实现,还可以是一个设备内的一个功能模块,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It can be understood that the entities in the embodiments of this application may also be called functional entities or network elements. Among them, the entity can be either a network element in a hardware device, a software function running on dedicated hardware, or a virtualized function instantiated on a platform (for example, a cloud platform). Optionally, the above entity can be implemented by one device, or can be implemented by multiple devices together, or can be a functional module in one device, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application.
本申请实施例描述的网络架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着通信系统的演变和新业务场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。The network architecture and business scenarios described in the embodiments of this application are to more clearly explain the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of this application. Those of ordinary skill in the art will know that with the communication With the evolution of the system and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of this application are also applicable to similar technical problems.
上述图1所示意的网络架构中,不同用户之间的通话业务可以为互联网协议(internet protocol,IP)多媒体子系统(IP multimedia subsystem,IMS)网络提供的通话业务,或者也可以为其它可能的网络提供的通话业务。其中,IMS网络是一种全新的多媒体业务形式,它能够满足用户更新颖、更多样化的多媒体业务需求。IMS网络采用会话发起协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)作为主要的信令协议,从而可以为用户提供通话业务,比如音频通话业务、视频通话业务等。本申请实施例中,以不同用户之间的通话业务为IMS网络提供的通话业务为例进行描述。In the network architecture shown in Figure 1 above, the call services between different users can be call services provided by the Internet Protocol (IP) multimedia subsystem (IP multimedia subsystem, IMS) network, or they can also be other possible calls. Call services provided by the network. Among them, IMS network is a brand-new multimedia service form, which can meet users' newer and more diverse multimedia service needs. The IMS network uses the session initiation protocol (SIP) as the main signaling protocol, so that it can provide users with call services, such as audio call services, video call services, etc. In the embodiment of this application, the call service between different users is a call service provided by the IMS network as an example for description.
参见图2,为IMS网络的一种可能的网络架构示意图。如图2所示,该网络架构中可以包括归属签约用户服务器(home subscriber server,HSS)、呼叫会话控制功能(call session control function,CSCF)实体、服务集中化和连续性应用服务器(service centralization and continuity application server,SCC AS),可选地,IMS网络中还可以包括DC服务器。Refer to Figure 2, which is a schematic diagram of a possible network architecture of an IMS network. As shown in Figure 2, the network architecture can include home subscriber server (HSS), call session control function (CSCF) entities, service centralization and continuity application servers (service centralization and continuity application server, SCC AS), optionally, the IMS network can also include a DC server.
(1)HSS:是IMS网络中与用户和服务相关的数据的主要存储器。存储在HSS中的数据可以包括签约信息、接入参数和服务触发信息、用户安全上下文、用户网络接入认证的密钥信息、漫游限制信息等。(1) HSS: It is the main storage of data related to users and services in the IMS network. The data stored in the HSS may include subscription information, access parameters and service trigger information, user security context, user network access authentication key information, roaming restriction information, etc.
(2)CSCF实体:是IMS网络的呼叫控制中心,用于实现呼叫会话控制功能(call session control function,CSCF)。示例性地,CSCF实体可以进一步划分为服务-呼叫会话控制功能(serving-call session control function,S-CSCF)实体、代理-CSCF(Proxy CSCF,P-CSCF)实体、查询-CSCF(interrogating-CSCF,I-CSCF)实体。(2) CSCF entity: It is the call control center of the IMS network and is used to implement the call session control function (CSCF). Exemplarily, the CSCF entity can be further divided into serving-call session control functions (serving-call session control function, S-CSCF) entity, proxy-CSCF (Proxy CSCF, P-CSCF) entity, query-CSCF (interrogating-CSCF, I-CSCF) entity.
其中,P-CSCF实体为接入到IMS网络的最先连接点,所有发起于支持IMS的终端设备和终止于支持IMS的终端设备的会话消息都要通过P-CSCF实体转发。S-CSCF实体为IMS网络的控制核心,为终端设备提供会话控制和注册等功能。I-CSCF实体可以连接S-CSCF实体和P-CSCF实体,用于为终端设备提供到归属网络的入口。Among them, the P-CSCF entity is the first connection point to access the IMS network, and all session messages originating from and terminating at terminal devices that support IMS must be forwarded through the P-CSCF entity. The S-CSCF entity is the control core of the IMS network and provides session control and registration functions for terminal devices. The I-CSCF entity can connect the S-CSCF entity and the P-CSCF entity and is used to provide terminal equipment with access to the home network.
(3)SCC AS:是IMS网络的应用服务器,用于实现数据传输通道(比如音频通道、视频通道)的建立等。(3) SCC AS: It is the application server of the IMS network, used to establish the data transmission channel (such as audio channel, video channel), etc.
(4)DC服务器:用于实现DC应用功能,比如当第一终端设备的用户与第二终端设备的用户正在进行视频通话时,若第一终端设备的用户触发了DC应用,则DC服务器可以在第一终端设备与DC服务器之间建立DC引导通道1,以及在第二终端设备与DC服务器之间建立DC引导通道2;进一步地,DC服务器可以在第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间建立DC应用通道,以传输DC应用数据,例如,第一终端设备的用户与第二终端设备的用户之间的互动数据,如互相点赞、发表情包等,这些互动数据可作为用户之间除通过麦克风和摄像头提供的互动数据的补充。DC应用数据还可以是其他数据,如用于远程协作、桌面共享的媒体数据等,本申请实施例不作限定。(4) DC server: used to implement DC application functions. For example, when the user of the first terminal device and the user of the second terminal device are making a video call, if the user of the first terminal device triggers the DC application, the DC server can DC guidance channel 1 is established between the first terminal device and the DC server, and DC guidance channel 2 is established between the second terminal device and the DC server; further, the DC server can be between the first terminal device and the second terminal device. Establish a DC application channel to transmit DC application data. For example, the interactive data between the user of the first terminal device and the user of the second terminal device, such as liking each other, sending emoticons, etc., these interactive data can be used as data between users. This is supplemented by interactive data provided by microphones and cameras. The DC application data may also be other data, such as media data used for remote collaboration and desktop sharing, which are not limited in the embodiments of this application.
可以理解的是,IMS网络还可以包括其它可能的功能实体或服务器,具体不做限定。It can be understood that the IMS network may also include other possible functional entities or servers, which are not specifically limited.
基于图2的描述,当不同用户之间的通话业务为IMS网络提供的通话业务时,图1中的控制功能实体的功能可以由IMS网络中的一个或多个功能实体和/或服务器来实现。比如,控制功能实体的功能可以由IMS网络中的HSS、CSCF实体和SCC AS(或者HSS、CSCF实体、SCC AS和DC服务器)来实现;进一步地,当控制功能实体包括注册功能实体和通话功能实体时,注册功能实体的功能可以由HSS和CSCF实体来实现,通话功能实体的功能可以由CSCF实体、SCC AS和DC服务器来实现。Based on the description of Figure 2, when the call service between different users is the call service provided by the IMS network, the functions of the control function entity in Figure 1 can be implemented by one or more functional entities and/or servers in the IMS network. . For example, the function of the control function entity can be implemented by the HSS, CSCF entity and SCC AS (or HSS, CSCF entity, SCC AS and DC server) in the IMS network; further, when the control function entity includes the registration function entity and the call function When an entity is used, the function of the registration function entity can be realized by the HSS and CSCF entities, and the function of the call function entity can be realized by the CSCF entity, SCC AS and DC server.
下面先对本申请实施例涉及的相关技术特征进行解释说明。可以理解的是,这些解释是为了让本申请实施例更容易被理解,而不应该视为对本申请所要求的保护范围的限定。The relevant technical features involved in the embodiments of the present application are first explained below. It can be understood that these explanations are intended to make the embodiments of the present application easier to understand and should not be regarded as limiting the scope of protection claimed by the present application.
一、媒体数据传输业务1. Media data transmission business
如前文所述,通话业务可以包括音频通话业务、视频通话业务。为实现通话业务,相关设备(如终端设备)可以执行一个或多个媒体数据传输业务,每个媒体数据传输业务用于传输和/或呈现通话业务关联的媒体数据。As mentioned above, the call service may include audio call service and video call service. To implement the call service, a related device (such as a terminal device) can execute one or more media data transmission services, and each media data transmission service is used to transmit and/or present media data associated with the call service.
其中,音频通话业务也可以称为语音通话业务,音频通话业务关联的媒体数据可以包括音频数据,因此,音频通话业务的相关设备可以执行一个媒体数据传输业务,即音频数据传输业务;音频数据传输业务用于传输和/或呈现音频通话业务关联的音频数据。视频通话业务关联的媒体数据可以包括音频数据和视频数据,因此,视频通话业务的相关设备可以执行两个媒体数据传输业务,即音频数据传输业务和视频数据传输业务;其中,音频数据传输业务用于传输和/或呈现视频通话业务关联的音频数据,视频数据传输业务用于传输和/或呈现视频通话业务关联的视频数据。可以理解的是,在其它可能的实施例中,音频数据也可以包含在视频数据中,本申请实施例中是以视频数据不包含音频数据为例进行描述的。Among them, the audio call service can also be called a voice call service, and the media data associated with the audio call service can include audio data. Therefore, the relevant equipment of the audio call service can perform a media data transmission service, that is, the audio data transmission service; audio data transmission The service is used to transmit and/or present audio data associated with the audio call service. The media data associated with the video call service may include audio data and video data. Therefore, the relevant equipment of the video call service can perform two media data transmission services, namely the audio data transmission service and the video data transmission service; among which, the audio data transmission service uses The video data transmission service is used to transmit and/or present the audio data associated with the video call service. The video data transmission service is used to transmit and/or present the video data associated with the video call service. It can be understood that in other possible embodiments, audio data may also be included in video data. In the embodiment of this application, the video data does not include audio data as an example for description.
通话业务可以是指两个用户之间的通话业务,或者也可以是指两个以上用户之间的通话业务,本申请实施例中是以两个用户之间的通话业务为例进行描述。比如,针对于第一终端设备的用户和第二终端设备的用户之间的通话业务,第一终端设备和第二终端设备均为通话业务的相关设备,从第一终端设备的角度来看,第一终端设备可以执行一个或多个媒体数据传输业务,也就是说,第一终端设备可以传输和/或呈现通话业务关联的媒体数据。The call service may refer to a call service between two users, or may refer to a call service between two or more users. In the embodiment of this application, the call service between two users is taken as an example for description. For example, regarding the call service between the user of the first terminal device and the user of the second terminal device, both the first terminal device and the second terminal device are related devices for the call service. From the perspective of the first terminal device, The first terminal device may perform one or more media data transmission services, that is, the first terminal device may transmit and/or present media data associated with the call service.
(1)第一终端设备传输通话业务关联的媒体数据,可以包括:第一终端设备将通话业务关联的媒体数据推送给第二终端设备,和/或,接收第二终端设备推送的通话业务关联的媒体数据。示例性地,第一终端设备将通话业务关联的媒体数据推送给第二终端设备,可以是指:第一终端设备获取媒体数据(比如第一终端设备通过第一终端设备上的麦克风采集音频数据)、对媒体数据进行编码,并发送编码后的媒体数据。第一终端设备接收第二终端设备推送的通话业务关联的媒体数据,可以是指:第一终端设备接收第二终端设备发送的编码后的媒体数据,并解码得到媒体数据。(1) The first terminal device transmits the media data associated with the call service, which may include: the first terminal device pushes the media data associated with the call service to the second terminal device, and/or receives the call service association pushed by the second terminal device media data. Exemplarily, the first terminal device pushes the media data associated with the call service to the second terminal device, which may mean: the first terminal device obtains the media data (for example, the first terminal device collects audio data through the microphone on the first terminal device) ), encode the media data, and send the encoded media data. The first terminal device receiving the media data associated with the call service pushed by the second terminal device may refer to the first terminal device receiving the encoded media data sent by the second terminal device and decoding the media data to obtain the media data.
(2)第一终端设备呈现通话业务关联的媒体数据,可以包括:第一终端设备将第二终端设备推送 的媒体数据呈现出来(比如通话业务为视频通话业务,则第一终端设备将第二终端设备推送的音频数据播放为声音,将第二终端设备推送的视频数据显示为动画等),和/或,将推送给第二终端设备的媒体数据呈现出来(比如通话业务为视频通话业务,则第一终端设备可以将第一终端设备采集到的视频数据显示为动画)。(2) The first terminal device presents the media data associated with the call service, which may include: the first terminal device pushes the second terminal device The media data is presented (for example, if the call service is a video call service, the first terminal device plays the audio data pushed by the second terminal device as sound, displays the video data pushed by the second terminal device as animation, etc.), and/or , and present the media data pushed to the second terminal device (for example, if the call service is a video call service, the first terminal device can display the video data collected by the first terminal device as animation).
二、通话轻应用2. Call light application
为了满足用户在通话过程中进一步的需求(比如屏幕共享、远程协作等),目前引入了通话轻应用,通话轻应用为通话(比如音频通话或视频通话)过程中支持运行的通话类应用,通话轻应用也可以称为轻应用或数据通道(data channel,DC)应用。DC应用比如可以为屏幕共享、远程协作或者其它可能的应用,具体不做限定。In order to meet the further needs of users during calls (such as screen sharing, remote collaboration, etc.), the call light application is currently introduced. The call light application is a call application that supports running during calls (such as audio calls or video calls). Light applications can also be called light applications or data channel (DC) applications. DC applications can be, for example, screen sharing, remote collaboration, or other possible applications, and are not specifically limited.
比如,当第一终端设备的用户与第二终端设备的用户正在进行音频通话时,第一终端设备的用户可以触发DC应用。参见图3中的(a)所示,第一终端设备的音频通话界面中可以包括用于触发DC应用的控件,图3中的(a)通过“DC应用”来标识该控件,第一终端设备的用户可以针对“DC应用”执行操作(比如点击“DC应用”),从而在音频通话过程中触发DC应用。也就是说,可以在音频通话业务中叠加DC应用功能。For example, when the user of the first terminal device and the user of the second terminal device are having an audio call, the user of the first terminal device can trigger the DC application. Referring to (a) in Figure 3, the audio call interface of the first terminal device may include a control for triggering the DC application. (a) in Figure 3 identifies the control by "DC application". The first terminal The user of the device can perform operations on the "DC application" (such as clicking "DC application") to trigger the DC application during the audio call. In other words, DC application functions can be superimposed on the audio call service.
又比如,当第一终端设备的用户与第二终端设备的用户正在进行视频通话时,第一终端设备的用户可以触发DC应用。参见图3中的(b)所示,第一终端设备的视频通话界面中可以包括用于触发DC应用的控件,图3中的(b)通过“DC应用”来标识该控件。第一终端设备的用户可以针对“DC应用”执行操作(比如点击“DC应用”),从而在视频通话过程中触发DC应用。也就是说,可以在视频通话业务中叠加DC应用功能。For another example, when the user of the first terminal device and the user of the second terminal device are having a video call, the user of the first terminal device can trigger the DC application. Referring to (b) in FIG. 3 , the video call interface of the first terminal device may include a control for triggering the DC application. (b) in FIG. 3 identifies the control by "DC application". The user of the first terminal device can perform an operation on the "DC application" (for example, click "DC application"), thereby triggering the DC application during the video call. In other words, DC application functions can be superimposed on the video call service.
如此,通过在通话业务中叠加DC应用功能,以叠加屏幕共享功能为例,第一终端设备的用户可以在共享的屏幕上绘制图案,第二终端设备的用户可以在共享的屏幕上实时看到第一终端设备的用户绘制的图案,从而能够有效提高用户体验。可以理解的是,在其它可能的实施例中,用户也可以通过其它可能的方式来触发DC应用,本申请实施例下文中是以用户在通话过程中触发DC应用为例进行描述。In this way, by superimposing the DC application function in the call service, taking the superimposed screen sharing function as an example, the user of the first terminal device can draw a pattern on the shared screen, and the user of the second terminal device can see it in real time on the shared screen. The pattern drawn by the user of the first terminal device can effectively improve the user experience. It can be understood that in other possible embodiments, the user can also trigger the DC application in other possible ways. The following description of the embodiment of this application will take the user triggering the DC application during the call as an example.
DC应用对应的媒体数据可以称为DC应用数据(也可以简称为DC数据),比如屏幕共享或远程协作等DC应用对应的DC数据可以包括绘制或标注等操作数据。当在音频通话业务中叠加DC应用功能后,音频通话业务关联的媒体数据可以包括音频数据和DC数据;此种情形下,音频通话业务可以包括两个媒体数据传输业务,即音频数据传输业务和DC数据传输业务;其中,音频数据传输业务用于传输和/或呈现音频通话业务关联的音频数据,DC数据传输业务用于传输和/或呈现音频通话业务关联的DC数据。当在视频通话业务中叠加DC应用功能后,视频通话业务关联的媒体数据可以包括音频数据、视频数据和DC数据;此种情形下,视频通话业务可以包括三个媒体数据传输业务,即音频数据传输业务、视频数据传输业务和DC数据传输业务;其中,音频数据传输业务用于传输和/或呈现视频通话业务关联的音频数据,视频数据传输业务用于传输和/或呈现视频通话业务关联的视频数据,DC数据传输业务用于传输和/或呈现视频通话业务关联的DC数据。Media data corresponding to DC applications may be called DC application data (or may be referred to as DC data). For example, DC data corresponding to DC applications such as screen sharing or remote collaboration may include operation data such as drawing or annotation. When the DC application function is superimposed on the audio call service, the media data associated with the audio call service can include audio data and DC data; in this case, the audio call service can include two media data transmission services, namely the audio data transmission service and the DC application function. DC data transmission service; wherein, the audio data transmission service is used to transmit and/or present the audio data associated with the audio call service, and the DC data transmission service is used to transmit and/or present the DC data associated with the audio call service. When the DC application function is superimposed on the video call service, the media data associated with the video call service can include audio data, video data and DC data; in this case, the video call service can include three media data transmission services, namely audio data Transmission service, video data transmission service and DC data transmission service; among them, the audio data transmission service is used to transmit and/or present the audio data associated with the video call service, and the video data transmission service is used to transmit and/or present the audio data associated with the video call service. Video data, DC data transmission service is used to transmit and/or present DC data associated with the video call service.
为便于区分不同的媒体数据传输业务,本申请实施例引入了媒体数据传输业务的标识,比如,音频数据传输业务的标识为“audio”,视频数据传输业务的标识为“video”,DC数据传输业务的标识为“application”;也可以理解为:音频数据的标识为“audio”,视频数据的标识可以为“video”,DC数据的标识为“application”。In order to facilitate the differentiation of different media data transmission services, the embodiment of the present application introduces the identifier of the media data transmission service. For example, the identifier of the audio data transmission service is "audio", the identifier of the video data transmission service is "video", and the identifier of the DC data transmission service is "video". The identifier of the service is "application"; it can also be understood as: the identifier of audio data is "audio", the identifier of video data can be "video", and the identifier of DC data is "application".
三、会话和数据传输通道3. Session and data transmission channels
会话可以用于提供不同终端设备(比如第一终端设备和第二终端设备)之间的连接性服务,或者说,会话可以用于实现第一终端设备和第二终端设备之间的媒体数据的传输。在一个示例中,会话可以是指应用层会话,比如可以为SIP会话或者说媒体会话。The session can be used to provide connectivity services between different terminal devices (such as a first terminal device and a second terminal device), or in other words, the session can be used to realize the exchange of media data between the first terminal device and the second terminal device. transmission. In one example, the session may refer to an application layer session, such as a SIP session or a media session.
本申请实施例中,会话可以与通话业务相对应。以第一终端设备的用户和第二终端设备的用户之间的视频通话业务为例,当第一终端设备的用户和第二终端设备的用户需要进行视频通话时,第一终端设备和第二终端设备之间可以建立视频通话业务对应的会话。In this embodiment of the present application, the session may correspond to the call service. Taking the video call service between the user of the first terminal device and the user of the second terminal device as an example, when the user of the first terminal device and the user of the second terminal device need to make a video call, the first terminal device and the second terminal device A session corresponding to the video call service can be established between terminal devices.
考虑到通话业务的相关设备可能需要执行多个媒体数据传输业务,且不同媒体数据传输业务的传输需求不同,因此,通话业务对应的会话可以包括多个数据传输通道,不同数据传输通道用于满足不同的传输需求。比如,视频通话业务的相关设备需要执行音频数据传输业务、视频数据传输业务和DC数据传输业务,则视频通话业务对应的会话可以包括数据传输通道1、数据传输通道2和数据传输通道3, 数据传输通道1用于音频数据传输业务传输音频数据,数据传输通道2用于视频数据传输业务传输视频数据,数据传输通道3用于DC数据传输业务传输DC数据。为便于描述,数据传输通道1可以称为音频通道,数据传输通道2可以称为视频通道,数据传输通道3可以称为DC应用通道。Considering that the relevant equipment of the call service may need to perform multiple media data transmission services, and different media data transmission services have different transmission requirements, therefore, the session corresponding to the call service may include multiple data transmission channels, and different data transmission channels are used to meet Different transmission needs. For example, if the equipment related to the video call service needs to perform audio data transmission service, video data transmission service and DC data transmission service, the session corresponding to the video call service can include data transmission channel 1, data transmission channel 2 and data transmission channel 3. Data transmission channel 1 is used for the audio data transmission service to transmit audio data, data transmission channel 2 is used for the video data transmission service to transmit video data, and data transmission channel 3 is used for the DC data transmission service to transmit DC data. For ease of description, data transmission channel 1 can be called the audio channel, data transmission channel 2 can be called the video channel, and data transmission channel 3 can be called the DC application channel.
四、注册流程、会话建立流程和会话修改流程4. Registration process, session establishment process and session modification process
在图1所示意的网络架构中,以第一终端设备为例,第一终端设备可以使用第一终端设备的用户标识进行注册,在注册成功后,第一终端设备的用户与第二终端设备的用户可以通过会话建立流程建立通话业务对应的会话。进一步地,在第一终端设备与第二终端设备的通话过程中,若触发了DC应用,则第一终端设备与第二终端设备可以通过会话修改流程建立DC应用通道,以传输DC数据。In the network architecture shown in Figure 1, taking the first terminal device as an example, the first terminal device can register using the user ID of the first terminal device. After the registration is successful, the user of the first terminal device communicates with the second terminal device. Users can establish a session corresponding to the call service through the session establishment process. Further, during the call between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, if the DC application is triggered, the first terminal device and the second terminal device can establish a DC application channel through the session modification process to transmit DC data.
下面分别对注册流程、会话建立流程、会话修改流程进行描述。The registration process, session establishment process, and session modification process are described below respectively.
(1)注册流程(1)Registration process
图4示意出了终端设备向注册功能实体进行注册的一种可能的注册流程,以第一终端设备为例。在该注册流程中,第一终端设备可以使用第一终端设备的用户标识向注册功能实体请求凭证信息,进而根据凭证信息向注册功能实体进行注册。如图4所示,该流程可以包括:Figure 4 illustrates a possible registration process for a terminal device to register with a registration function entity, taking the first terminal device as an example. In the registration process, the first terminal device may use the user identification of the first terminal device to request the registration function entity for credential information, and then register with the registration function entity based on the credential information. As shown in Figure 4, the process may include:
S401,终端设备向注册功能实体发送请求消息1。S401. The terminal device sends request message 1 to the registration function entity.
示例性地,请求消息1可以包括终端设备的用户标识和设备标识,可选地,还可以包括时间信息,时间信息用于指示终端设备发送请求消息1的时间。其中,终端设备的用户标识比如可以为国际移动用户标识(international mobile subscriber identity,IMSI)或临时移动用户标识(temporary mobile subscriber identity,TMSI),具体不做限定。终端设备的设备标识比如可以为终端设备的序列号。For example, the request message 1 may include the user identification and device identification of the terminal device, and optionally may also include time information. The time information is used to indicate the time when the terminal device sends the request message 1. Among them, the user identity of the terminal device can be, for example, an international mobile subscriber identity (IMSI) or a temporary mobile subscriber identity (TMSI), and is not specifically limited. The device identification of the terminal device may be, for example, the serial number of the terminal device.
示例性地,当注册功能实体的功能由HSS和CSCF实体来实现时,终端设备向注册功能实体发送请求消息1,可以是指:终端设备可以通过P-CSCF发现流程,获取P-CSCF实体的地址信息,进而向P-CSCF实体发送请求消息1,P-CSCF发现流程可以参照现有技术。For example, when the function of the registration function entity is implemented by the HSS and CSCF entities, the terminal device sends the request message 1 to the registration function entity, which may mean that the terminal device can obtain the P-CSCF entity through the P-CSCF discovery process. address information, and then sends a request message 1 to the P-CSCF entity. The P-CSCF discovery process can refer to the existing technology.
S402,注册功能实体接收到请求消息1后,根据请求消息1生成凭证信息,并向终端设备发送响应消息1,响应消息1包括凭证信息。S402: After receiving the request message 1, the registration function entity generates credential information according to the request message 1, and sends a response message 1 to the terminal device, where the response message 1 includes the credential information.
此处,注册功能实体根据请求消息1生成凭证信息的方式可以有多种。比如,以请求消息1包括终端设备的用户标识、设备标识和时间信息为例,注册功能实体可以采用公钥对终端设备的用户标识、设备标识和时间信息加密处理,得到凭证信息。其中,“凭证”也可以替换为“认证”或者其它类似的名词,具体不做限定。Here, there may be multiple ways for the registration function entity to generate the credential information based on the request message 1. For example, taking the request message 1 including the user ID, device ID and time information of the terminal device as an example, the registration function entity can use the public key to encrypt the user ID, device ID and time information of the terminal device to obtain the voucher information. Among them, "certificate" can also be replaced by "certification" or other similar nouns, and there is no specific limit.
S403,终端设备接收到响应消息1后,向注册功能实体发送请求消息2,请求消息2包括凭证信息、终端设备的注册标识。其中,终端设备的注册标识可以包括终端设备的本端标签(也可以称为源标签(from-tag)),终端设备的本端标签可以为终端设备生成的随机字符串。S403: After receiving the response message 1, the terminal device sends a request message 2 to the registration function entity. The request message 2 includes the credential information and the registration identification of the terminal device. The registration identifier of the terminal device may include a local tag of the terminal device (which may also be called a source tag (from-tag)). The local tag of the terminal device may be a random string generated by the terminal device.
示例性地,请求消息2中还可以包括其它可能的信息,比如终端设备的用户标识和终端设备的IP地址,具体不做限定。For example, the request message 2 may also include other possible information, such as the user ID of the terminal device and the IP address of the terminal device, which are not specifically limited.
S404,注册功能实体接收到请求消息2后,采用公钥对应的私钥对凭证信息进行解密,如果解密成功,则向终端设备发送响应消息2,响应消息2用于指示终端设备注册成功。进而,终端设备接收到响应消息2后,可以确定注册成功。S404. After receiving the request message 2, the registration function entity uses the private key corresponding to the public key to decrypt the certificate information. If the decryption is successful, it sends a response message 2 to the terminal device. The response message 2 is used to indicate that the terminal device has successfully registered. Furthermore, after the terminal device receives the response message 2, it can determine that the registration is successful.
示例性地,如果请求消息中还包括时间信息,则注册功能实体对凭证信息解密成功后,还可以判断请求消息2的接收时间与时间信息所指示的时间之间的间隔是否小于或等于时间阈值,若是,则可以向终端设备发送响应消息2,否则,可以确定终端设备注册失败。其中,时间阈值可以是预先配置给注册功能实体的。For example, if the request message also includes time information, after the registration function entity successfully decrypts the credential information, it can also determine whether the interval between the reception time of request message 2 and the time indicated by the time information is less than or equal to the time threshold. , if so, response message 2 can be sent to the terminal device, otherwise, it can be determined that the terminal device registration failed. The time threshold may be pre-configured for the registration function entity.
S405,注册功能实体向通话功能实体发送终端设备的注册信息。S405: The registration function entity sends the registration information of the terminal device to the call function entity.
示例性地,注册信息可以包括终端设备的注册标识(比如本端标签)、终端设备的用户标识和终端设备的地址信息(比如IP地址)。For example, the registration information may include the registration identification of the terminal device (such as the local tag), the user identification of the terminal device, and the address information of the terminal device (such as the IP address).
其中,终端设备的本端标签用于指示通话功能实体终端设备具有发起呼叫的能力,比如通话功能实体后续若接收到终端设备的会话建立请求消息或会话修改请求消息(会话建立请求消息或会话修改请求消息中携带终端设备的本端标签),则可以根据终端设备的本端标签,确定终端设备为已注册成功的终端设备,进而可以对终端设备的会话建立请求消息或会话修改请求消息进行处理,具体参见会话建立流程和会话修改流程。Among them, the local label of the terminal device is used to indicate that the call function entity terminal device has the ability to initiate a call. For example, if the call function entity subsequently receives a session establishment request message or session modification request message (session establishment request message or session modification request message) from the terminal device, If the request message carries the local tag of the terminal device), the terminal device can be determined to be a successfully registered terminal device based on the local tag of the terminal device, and then the session establishment request message or session modification request message of the terminal device can be processed. , please refer to session establishment process and session modification process for details.
终端设备的用户标识和终端设备的地址信息用于通话功能实体向终端设备转发来自其它终端设备 的消息,比如通话功能实体后续若接收到其它终端设备发送的会话建立请求消息(会话建立请求消息中包括终端设备的用户标识),则可以根据终端设备的地址信息,向终端设备转发会话建立请求消息。The user identification of the terminal device and the address information of the terminal device are used by the call function entity to forward messages from other terminal devices to the terminal device. message, for example, if the call function entity subsequently receives a session establishment request message sent by another terminal device (the session establishment request message includes the user identification of the terminal device), it can forward the session establishment request to the terminal device according to the address information of the terminal device. information.
(2)会话建立流程(2) Session establishment process
当不同用户(比如第一终端设备的用户与第二终端设备的用户)之间的通话业务为IMS网络提供的通话业务时,由于IMS网络采用SIP作为主要的信令协议,因此,第一终端设备与第二终端设备可以基于SIP消息来建立通话业务对应的会话和/或修改通话业务对应的会话。SIP消息中可以包括SIP头和SIP正文,SIP头中可以包括用户标识等信息,SIP正文中可以使用会话描述协议(session description protocol,SDP)进行媒体参数的描述,比如媒体参数可以包括以下至少一项:媒体数据传输业务的标识、编码方式、采样率、数据传输通道的地址信息。When the call service between different users (such as the user of the first terminal device and the user of the second terminal device) is the call service provided by the IMS network, since the IMS network uses SIP as the main signaling protocol, the first terminal The device and the second terminal device may establish a session corresponding to the call service and/or modify the session corresponding to the call service based on the SIP message. The SIP message can include a SIP header and a SIP body. The SIP header can include information such as a user identification. The SIP body can use the session description protocol (SDP) to describe the media parameters. For example, the media parameters can include at least one of the following: Items: The identification, encoding method, sampling rate, and address information of the data transmission channel of the media data transmission service.
图5示意出了一种可能的会话建立流程,图5中是以第一终端设备为主叫方,第二终端设备为被叫方为例。如图5所示,该流程可以包括:Figure 5 illustrates a possible session establishment process. In Figure 5, the first terminal device is the calling party and the second terminal device is the called party. As shown in Figure 5, the process can include:
S501,第一终端设备检测到用户触发通话业务后,向通话功能实体发送会话建立请求消息1;相应地,通话功能实体接收会话建立请求消息1。S501: After detecting that the user triggers the call service, the first terminal device sends the session establishment request message 1 to the call function entity; accordingly, the call function entity receives the session establishment request message 1.
示例性地,会话建立请求消息1可以为SIP消息,会话建立请求消息1的SIP头中可以包括第一终端设备的用户标识、呼叫标识(记为Call-ID1)、本端标签(记为from-tag1)、第二终端设备的用户标识。其中,呼叫标识为第一终端设备生成的字符串,第一终端设备的不同会话对应的呼叫标识可以不同。会话建立请求消息1中的SIP正文(即SDP信息)可以包括第一终端设备的媒体参数,还可以包括其它可能的信息,比如SDP版本号、会话名称等。示例性地,第一终端设备的媒体参数可以包括第一终端设备请求的媒体数据传输业务的标识、媒体数据传输业务对应的数据传输通道在第一终端设备侧的地址信息(比如包括IP地址和端口号)等。以通话业务为视频通话业务为例,参见表1所示,为会话建立请求消息1的格式示例。For example, the session establishment request message 1 may be a SIP message, and the SIP header of the session establishment request message 1 may include the user identification of the first terminal device, the call identification (denoted as Call-ID1), and the local label (denoted as from -tag1), the user ID of the second terminal device. The call identifier is a string generated by the first terminal device, and the call identifiers corresponding to different sessions of the first terminal device may be different. The SIP text (ie, SDP information) in the session establishment request message 1 may include the media parameters of the first terminal device, and may also include other possible information, such as SDP version number, session name, etc. For example, the media parameters of the first terminal device may include the identification of the media data transmission service requested by the first terminal device, the address information of the data transmission channel corresponding to the media data transmission service on the first terminal device side (for example, including the IP address and port number), etc. Taking the call service as a video call service as an example, see Table 1 for an example of the format of the session establishment request message 1.
表1:会话建立请求消息1示例
Table 1: Session establishment request message 1 example
可以理解的是,表1所示意出的参数仅是一个示例,SIP消息的SIP头和SIP正文中还可以包括其它可能的参数,具体不做限定。It can be understood that the parameters shown in Table 1 are only an example, and the SIP header and SIP body of the SIP message may also include other possible parameters, which are not specifically limited.
S502,通话功能实体接收到会话建立请求消息1后,若确定第一终端设备为已注册成功,则向第二终端设备发送会话建立请求消息2;相应地,第二终端设备接收会话建立请求消息2。S502. After receiving the session establishment request message 1, the call function entity determines that the first terminal device has been successfully registered, and then sends the session establishment request message 2 to the second terminal device; accordingly, the second terminal device receives the session establishment request message. 2.
示例性地,通话功能实体接收到会话建立请求消息1后,根据会话建立请求消息1中的本端标签,确定第一终端设备为已注册的终端设备,进而可以对会话建立请求消息1进行处理后,向第二终端设备发送会话建立请求消息2。比如,通话功能实体可以根会话建立请求消息中的Call-ID1生成一个新的Call-ID(记为Call-ID2),以及根据会话建立请求消息中的from-tag1生成一个新的tag(记为from-tag2),会话建立请求消息2可以包括Call-ID2和from-tag2,以便于提高通话的安全性。For example, after receiving the session establishment request message 1, the call function entity determines that the first terminal device is a registered terminal device according to the local tag in the session establishment request message 1, and can then process the session establishment request message 1. Afterwards, the session establishment request message 2 is sent to the second terminal device. For example, the call function entity can generate a new Call-ID (denoted as Call-ID2) based on Call-ID1 in the session establishment request message, and generate a new tag (denoted as Call-ID2) based on from-tag1 in the session establishment request message. from-tag2), the session establishment request message 2 may include Call-ID2 and from-tag2 to improve the security of the call.
以通话业务为视频通话业务为例,参见表2所示,为会话建立请求消息2的格式示例。 Taking the call service as a video call service as an example, see Table 2 for an example of the format of the session establishment request message 2.
表2:会话建立请求消息2示例
Table 2: Session establishment request message 2 example
S503,当第二终端设备的用户接听呼叫后,第二终端设备可以向通话功能实体发送会话建立响应消息1,比如会话建立响应消息1为200OK消息;相应地,通话功能实体接收会话建立响应消息1。S503. After the user of the second terminal device answers the call, the second terminal device can send a session establishment response message 1 to the call function entity. For example, the session establishment response message 1 is a 200 OK message; accordingly, the call function entity receives the session establishment response message. 1.
示例性地,会话建立响应消息1的SIP头中可以包括第一终端设备的用户标识、Call-ID2、from-tag2、第二终端设备的用户标识、第二终端设备的远端标签(to-tag1);会话建立响应消息1中的SIP正文(即SDP信息)可以包括第二终端设备接受的媒体参数,比如第二终端设备接受的媒体数据传输业务、媒体数据传输业务对应的数据传输通道在第二终端设备侧的地址信息(比如包括IP地址和端口号)等。以通话业务为视频通话业务为例,参见表3所示,为会话建立响应消息1的格式示例。For example, the SIP header of the session establishment response message 1 may include the user ID of the first terminal device, Call-ID2, from-tag2, the user ID of the second terminal device, and the remote tag (to- tag1); the SIP text (i.e., SDP information) in the session establishment response message 1 may include media parameters accepted by the second terminal device, such as the media data transmission service accepted by the second terminal device and the data transmission channel corresponding to the media data transmission service. The address information on the second terminal device side (for example, including IP address and port number), etc. Taking the call service as a video call service as an example, see Table 3 for an example of the format of the session establishment response message 1.
表3:会话建立响应消息1示例
Table 3: Example of session establishment response message 1
可以理解的是,若第二终端设备接受第一终端设备请求的媒体数据传输业务(比如音频数据传输业务),则可以在会话建立响应消息1中携带上对应的端口号;若第二终端设备不接受第一终端设备请求的媒体数据传输业务,则可以在会话建立响应消息1中不携带对应的端口号(比如可以用0表示端口号)。It can be understood that if the second terminal device accepts the media data transmission service (such as audio data transmission service) requested by the first terminal device, the corresponding port number can be carried in the session establishment response message 1; if the second terminal device If the media data transmission service requested by the first terminal device is not accepted, the session establishment response message 1 may not carry the corresponding port number (for example, 0 may be used to represent the port number).
S504,通话功能实体接收到会话建立响应消息1后,向第一终端设备发送会话建立响应消息2;相应地,终端设备接收会话建立响应消息2。S504: After receiving the session establishment response message 1, the call function entity sends the session establishment response message 2 to the first terminal device; accordingly, the terminal device receives the session establishment response message 2.
示例性地,通话功能实体可以对会话建立响应消息1进行处理,比如根据会话建立响应消息1中的Call-ID2,确定出Call-ID2对应的Call-ID1,根据会话建立响应消息1中的from-tag2,确定出from-tag2对应的from-tag1,以及根据会话建立响应消息1中的to-tag1,生成to-tag2,进而向第二终端设备发送会话建立响应消息2,会话建立响应消息2中包括Call-ID1、from-tag1和to-tag2。 For example, the call function entity can process the session establishment response message 1, for example, according to the Call-ID2 in the session establishment response message 1, determine the Call-ID1 corresponding to the Call-ID2, and according to the from in the session establishment response message 1 -tag2, determine from-tag1 corresponding to from-tag2, and generate to-tag2 based on to-tag1 in session establishment response message 1, and then send session establishment response message 2, session establishment response message 2 to the second terminal device Includes Call-ID1, from-tag1 and to-tag2.
以通话业务为视频通话业务为例,参见表4所示,为会话建立响应消息2的格式示例。Taking the call service as a video call service as an example, see Table 4 for an example of the format of the session establishment response message 2.
表4:会话建立响应消息2示例
Table 4: Example of session establishment response message 2
通过上述S501至S504,第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间建立了通话业务对应的会话,该会话中包括音频通道和视频通道,进而第一终端设备和第二终端设备可以通过音频通道传输通话业务关联的音频数据,以及通过视频通道传输通话业务关联的视频数据。Through the above S501 to S504, a session corresponding to the call service is established between the first terminal device and the second terminal device. The session includes an audio channel and a video channel, and the first terminal device and the second terminal device can transmit through the audio channel. Audio data associated with the call service, and video data associated with the call service transmitted through the video channel.
可以理解的是,上述流程仅为一种示例,具体实施中,会话建立流程还可以包括其它可能的步骤,比如在第二终端设备的用户接听呼叫之前,第二终端设备可以向第一终端设备发送振铃响应,振铃响应用于指示正在等待应答。It can be understood that the above process is only an example. In specific implementation, the session establishment process may also include other possible steps. For example, before the user of the second terminal device answers the call, the second terminal device may send a call to the first terminal device. Sends a ring response, which is used to indicate that a response is awaited.
(3)会话修改流程(3) Session modification process
触发会话修改流程的情形可以有多种,比如当第一终端设备与第二终端设备通过已建立的会话传输通话业务关联的媒体数据时,若第一终端设备检测到用户在通话过程中触发DC应用的操作,则可以发起会话修改流程,并通过会话修改流程建立第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的DC应用通道。There may be multiple situations that trigger the session modification process. For example, when the first terminal device and the second terminal device transmit media data associated with the call service through the established session, if the first terminal device detects that the user triggers DC during the call. By operating the application, the session modification process can be initiated, and a DC application channel between the first terminal device and the second terminal device can be established through the session modification process.
图6示意出了一种可能的会话修改流程,如图6所示,该流程可以包括:Figure 6 illustrates a possible session modification process. As shown in Figure 6, the process may include:
S601,第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间传输通话业务关联的媒体数据。S601: Transmit media data associated with the call service between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
S602,第一终端设备检测到用户在通话过程中触发DC应用的操作后,向通话功能实体发送会话修改请求消息1。S602: After detecting that the user triggers an operation of the DC application during the call, the first terminal device sends a session modification request message 1 to the call function entity.
此处,第一终端设备检测到用户在通话过程中触发DC应用的操作后,可以确定需要在通话业务中叠加DC应用功能,进而可以向通话功能实体发送会话修改请求消息1,会话修改请求消息1用于请求在通话业务对应的会话中增加DC应用通道,以传输DC数据。Here, after detecting that the user triggers the DC application operation during the call, the first terminal device can determine that the DC application function needs to be superimposed on the call service, and then can send the session modification request message 1 to the call function entity, the session modification request message 1 is used to request to add a DC application channel in the session corresponding to the call service to transmit DC data.
比如,会话修改请求消息1可以包括会话的标识、第一终端设备的SDP信息;其中,会话的标识可以包括from-tag1、to-tag2和Call-ID1;第一终端设备的SDP信息可以包括第一终端设备的媒体参数。相比于会话建立请求消息1来说,会话修改请求消息1中携带的媒体参数,可以进一步包括DC数据传输业务的标识(即application)、DC应用通道在第一终端设备侧的地址信息。For example, the session modification request message 1 may include the identifier of the session and the SDP information of the first terminal device; wherein the identifier of the session may include from-tag1, to-tag2 and Call-ID1; and the SDP information of the first terminal device may include the Media parameters of a terminal device. Compared with the session establishment request message 1, the media parameters carried in the session modification request message 1 may further include the identification of the DC data transmission service (ie, application) and the address information of the DC application channel on the first terminal device side.
参见表5所示,为会话修改请求消息1的格式示例。See Table 5 for an example of the format of session modification request message 1.
表5:会话修改请求消息1示例
Table 5: Session modification request message 1 example
S603,通话功能实体接收到会话修改请求消息1后,向第二终端设备发送会话修改请求消息2;相应地,第二终端设备接收会话修改请求消息2。S603: After receiving the session modification request message 1, the call function entity sends the session modification request message 2 to the second terminal device; accordingly, the second terminal device receives the session modification request message 2.
示例性地,通话功能实体可以对会话修改请求消息1进行处理,进而向第二终端设备发送会话修改请求消息2,会话修改请求消息2中包括Call-ID2、from-tag2和to-tag1。For example, the call function entity may process the session modification request message 1, and then send the session modification request message 2 to the second terminal device. The session modification request message 2 includes Call-ID2, from-tag2 and to-tag1.
以通话业务为视频通话业务为例,参见表6所示,为会话修改请求消息2的格式示例。Taking the call service as a video call service as an example, see Table 6 for an example of the format of the session modification request message 2.
表6:会话修改请求消息2示例
Table 6: Session modification request message 2 example
S604,若第二终端设备接受会话修改,则第二终端设备可以向通话功能实体发送会话修改响应消息1;相应地,通话功能实体接收会话修改响应消息1。S604, if the second terminal device accepts the session modification, the second terminal device may send the session modification response message 1 to the call function entity; accordingly, the call function entity receives the session modification response message 1.
示例性地,会话修改响应消息1的SIP头中可以包括第一终端设备的用户标识、Call-ID2、from-tag2、第二终端设备的用户标识、第二终端设备的远端标签(to-tag1);会话建立响应消息1中的SIP正文(即SDP信息)可以包括第二终端设备接受的媒体参数。相比于会话建立响应消息1来说,会话修改请求消息1中携带的媒体参数,可以进一步包括DC数据传输业务的标识(即application)、DC应用通道在第二终端设备侧的地址信息。以通话业务为视频通话业务为例,参见表7所示,为会话修改响应消息1的格式示例。For example, the SIP header of the session modification response message 1 may include the user ID of the first terminal device, Call-ID2, from-tag2, the user ID of the second terminal device, and the remote tag (to- tag1); the SIP text (ie, SDP information) in the session establishment response message 1 may include media parameters accepted by the second terminal device. Compared with the session establishment response message 1, the media parameters carried in the session modification request message 1 may further include the identification of the DC data transmission service (ie, application) and the address information of the DC application channel on the second terminal device side. Taking the call service as a video call service as an example, see Table 7 for an example of the format of the session modification response message 1.
表7:会话修改响应消息1示例
Table 7: Session modification response message 1 example
S605,通话功能实体接收到会话修改响应消息1后,向第一终端设备发送会话修改响应消息2;相应地,终端设备接收会话修改响应消息2。S605: After receiving the session modification response message 1, the call function entity sends the session modification response message 2 to the first terminal device; accordingly, the terminal device receives the session modification response message 2.
示例性地,通话功能实体可以对会话修改响应消息1进行处理,进而向第一终端设备发送会话建立响应消息2,会话建立响应消息2中包括Call-ID1、from-tag1和to-tag2,还包括第二终端设备的媒体参数。For example, the call function entity may process the session modification response message 1, and then send a session establishment response message 2 to the first terminal device. The session establishment response message 2 includes Call-ID1, from-tag1 and to-tag2, and further Includes media parameters of the second terminal device.
以通话业务为视频通话业务为例,参见表8所示,为会话修改响应消息2的格式示例。Taking the call service as a video call service as an example, see Table 8 for an example of the format of the session modification response message 2.
表8:会话修改响应消息2示例
Table 8: Session modification response message 2 example
通过上述S601至S605,第一终端设备与第二终端设备在通话业务对应的会话中建立了DC应用通道,此时,通话业务对应的会话中包括音频通道、视频通道和DC应用通道,进而第一终端设备和第二终端设备可以通过音频通道传输通话业务关联的音频数据,通过视频通道传输通话业务关联的视频数据,以及通过DC应用通道传输通话业务关联的DC数据。Through the above S601 to S605, the first terminal device and the second terminal device establish a DC application channel in the session corresponding to the call service. At this time, the session corresponding to the call service includes an audio channel, a video channel and a DC application channel, and then the third terminal device establishes a DC application channel in the session corresponding to the call service. The first terminal device and the second terminal device may transmit audio data associated with the call service through the audio channel, transmit video data associated with the call service through the video channel, and transmit DC data associated with the call service through the DC application channel.
五、近距离通信连接5. Near Field Communication Connection
近距离通信连接可以是指多个终端设备之间通过近距离通信技术所建立的连接,该连接可以为点到点的连接,或者也可以为点到多点的连接,本申请实施例中将以点到点的连接为例。其中,“近距离通信”可以是指“近距离无线通信”。近距离通信技术可以是指通信距离小于或等于预设距离阈值的通信技术,比如预设距离阈值可以为10米(m)、5m、1m、30厘米(cm)、10cm或5cm等。A short-range communication connection may refer to a connection established between multiple terminal devices through short-range communication technology. The connection may be a point-to-point connection or a point-to-multipoint connection. In the embodiment of this application, Take point-to-point connections as an example. Among them, "near field communication" may refer to "near field wireless communication". Short-range communication technology may refer to communication technology whose communication distance is less than or equal to a preset distance threshold. For example, the preset distance threshold may be 10 meters (m), 5m, 1m, 30 centimeters (cm), 10cm or 5cm, etc.
以第一终端设备和第二终端设备为例,当第一终端设备和第二终端设备都支持并开启近距离通信功能后,第一终端设备可以发送广播消息1,第二终端设备可以发送广播消息2。如果第一终端设备和第 二终端设备之间的通信距离小于或等于预设距离阈值,则第一终端设备可以接收到来自第二终端设备的广播消息2,第二终端设备可以接收到来自第一终端设备的广播消息1,进而第一终端设备和第二终端设备可以基于各自接收的广播消息建立近距离通信连接。其中,以第一终端设备为例,第一终端设备的广播消息中可以包括第一终端设备的广播标识(ID),第一终端设备的广播标识可以为用于其它设备识别第一终端设备。示例性地,第一终端设备的广播标识可以为第一终端设备生成的,本申请实施例对广播标识的具体生成方式不做限定。Taking the first terminal device and the second terminal device as an example, when the first terminal device and the second terminal device both support and enable the near field communication function, the first terminal device can send broadcast message 1, and the second terminal device can send broadcast message 1. Message 2. If the first terminal device and the If the communication distance between the two terminal devices is less than or equal to the preset distance threshold, the first terminal device can receive the broadcast message 2 from the second terminal device, and the second terminal device can receive the broadcast message 1 from the first terminal device. , and then the first terminal device and the second terminal device can establish a short-range communication connection based on the broadcast messages received respectively. Taking the first terminal device as an example, the broadcast message of the first terminal device may include a broadcast identification (ID) of the first terminal device, and the broadcast ID of the first terminal device may be used by other devices to identify the first terminal device. For example, the broadcast identification of the first terminal device may be generated by the first terminal device. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific generation method of the broadcast identification.
近距离通信技术可以有多种,不同的近距离通信技术可以对应不同的近距离通信连接。比如,近距离通信技术为近场通信(near field communication,NFC)技术,则对应的近距离通信连接为NFC连接,NFC技术对应的预设距离阈值比如可以为10cm;也就是说,当两个支持NFC功能的终端设备碰一碰时,这两个终端设备之间便可以建立NFC连接。又比如,近距离通信技术为无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)通信技术,则对应的近距离通信连接可以为Wi-Fi连接,Wi-Fi技术对应的预设距离阈值比如可以为10m。下面分别对这两种近距离通信连接进行介绍。There are many types of near-field communication technologies, and different near-field communication technologies can correspond to different near-field communication connections. For example, if the short-range communication technology is near field communication (NFC) technology, the corresponding short-range communication connection is an NFC connection. The preset distance threshold corresponding to the NFC technology can be, for example, 10cm; that is, when two When an NFC-enabled terminal device is touched, an NFC connection can be established between the two terminal devices. For another example, if the short-range communication technology is wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) communication technology, the corresponding short-range communication connection can be a Wi-Fi connection, and the preset distance threshold corresponding to the Wi-Fi technology can be, for example, 10m. . The two types of near field communication connections are introduced below.
(1)NFC连接(1)NFC connection
以第一终端设备和第二终端设备为例,当第一终端设备和第二终端设备之间建立NFC连接后,第一终端设备和第二终端设备可以通过NFC数据交换格式(NFC data exchange format,NDEF)协议来传输近距离消息,近距离消息可以称为NDEF消息。Taking the first terminal device and the second terminal device as an example, after an NFC connection is established between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, the first terminal device and the second terminal device can communicate through the NFC data exchange format (NFC data exchange format). , NDEF) protocol to transmit short-range messages, and short-range messages can be called NDEF messages.
NDEF消息由一个或者多个NEDF记录(Record)组成,NEDF Record是NDEF消息中的最小单元,一个NEDF Record可以包括头部(Header)和负载(Payload)。An NDEF message consists of one or more NEDF records. NEDF Record is the smallest unit in an NDEF message. A NEDF Record can include a header and a payload.
(2)Wi-Fi连接(2)Wi-Fi connection
以第一终端设备和第二终端设备为例,当第一终端设备和第二终端设备之间建立Wi-Fi连接后,第一终端设备和第二终端设备可以通过UPNP协议发送近距离消息,近距离消息可以称为超文本传输协议(hypertext transfer protocol,HTTP)消息。Taking the first terminal device and the second terminal device as an example, after a Wi-Fi connection is established between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, the first terminal device and the second terminal device can send short-range messages through the UPNP protocol. Proximity messages can be called hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP) messages.
HTTP消息可以包括请求行(request line)、请求头部(header)、空行和请求数据。其中,请求行包括请求方法字段等,请求头部包括关键字/值对等,空行为最后一个请求头之后的一个空行,用于指示以下不再有请求头。HTTP messages can include request lines, request headers, blank lines, and request data. Among them, the request line includes the request method field, etc., the request header includes keyword/value pairs, and the empty line is an empty line after the last request header to indicate that there are no more request headers below.
可以理解的是,上述是以近距离通信技术为NFC技术或Wi-Fi通信技术为例进行描述的,本申请实施例中的近距离通信技术还可以为其它可能的技术,比如蓝牙通信技术,蓝牙通信技术对应的近距离通信连接可以为蓝牙连接。It can be understood that the above description takes the short-range communication technology as NFC technology or Wi-Fi communication technology as an example. The short-range communication technology in the embodiment of the present application can also be other possible technologies, such as Bluetooth communication technology, Bluetooth The short-range communication connection corresponding to the communication technology may be a Bluetooth connection.
在图1所示意的网络架构中,第一终端设备可以将通话业务(即第一终端设备的用户和第二终端设备的用户之间的通话业务)转场到第三终端设备。如前文所述,为实现通话业务,第一终端设备可以执行一个或多个媒体数据传输业务,因此,第一终端设备将通话业务转场到第三终端设备,可以是指,第一终端设备将一个或多个媒体数据传输业务中的部分或全部媒体数据传输业务交接给第三终端设备。In the network architecture shown in FIG. 1 , the first terminal device can transfer the call service (that is, the call service between the user of the first terminal device and the user of the second terminal device) to the third terminal device. As mentioned above, in order to realize the call service, the first terminal device can perform one or more media data transmission services. Therefore, the first terminal device transfers the call service to the third terminal device, which may refer to the first terminal device. Hand over part or all of one or more media data transmission services to a third terminal device.
本申请实施例下文中将对第一终端设备将通话业务转场到第三终端设备的具体实现进行研究。可以理解的是,本申请实施例下文中所提供的通信方法,也可以称为媒体数据传输业务的交接方法;本申请实施例下文中的实施例一至实施例三中,将以通信方法应用于图1所示的网络架构为例,也就是说,实施例一至实施例三中所描述的通信方法的执行主体可以包括图1中的第一终端设备、第二终端设备、第三终端设备、注册功能实体、通话功能实体。In the following embodiments of the present application, the specific implementation of transferring the call service from the first terminal device to the third terminal device will be studied. It can be understood that the communication method provided below in the embodiments of the present application can also be called a handover method for media data transmission services; in the first to third embodiments of the embodiments of the present application below, the communication method will be applied to The network architecture shown in Figure 1 is taken as an example. That is to say, the execution subject of the communication method described in Embodiment 1 to Embodiment 3 may include the first terminal device, the second terminal device, the third terminal device in Figure 1, Register functional entities and call functional entities.
本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法为:第一终端设备通过通话功能实体向第三终端设备发送交接指示信息,从而使得通话业务由第一终端设备转场到第三终端设备。其中,交接指示信息也可以称为转场指示信息或者其它描述,具体不做限定。A communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application is: the first terminal device sends handover instruction information to the third terminal device through the call function entity, so that the call service is transferred from the first terminal device to the third terminal device. The handover instruction information may also be called transition instruction information or other descriptions, and is not specifically limited.
下面结合实施例一,对该通信方法进行详细描述。The communication method will be described in detail below with reference to Embodiment 1.
实施例一Embodiment 1
图7为本申请实施例一提供的通信方法对应的流程示意图。如图7所示,该流程可以包括:Figure 7 is a schematic flowchart corresponding to the communication method provided in Embodiment 1 of the present application. As shown in Figure 7, the process may include:
S701,第一终端设备和第三终端设备进行绑定。S701: The first terminal device and the third terminal device are bound.
此处,第一终端设备和第三终端设备进行绑定的方式可以有多种。比如,第一终端设备中可以安装有用于实现转场的应用程序(为便于描述,称为转场应用),并在转场应用上注册一个账号,称为账号 1;第三终端设备中可以安装有转场应用,并在转场应用上注册一个账号,称为账号2。进一步地,用户可以通过在第一终端设备和/或第三终端设备上执行相应的操作,以将第一终端设备的账号1和第三终端设备的账号2绑定。Here, the first terminal device and the third terminal device may be bound in multiple ways. For example, the first terminal device may be installed with an application for implementing transitions (for convenience of description, it is called a transition application), and an account is registered on the transition application, which is called an account. 1; The third terminal device can have a transition application installed and register an account on the transition application, which is called account 2. Further, the user can bind the account 1 of the first terminal device and the account 2 of the third terminal device by performing corresponding operations on the first terminal device and/or the third terminal device.
示例性地,在第一终端设备和第三终端设备进行绑定之前,第一终端设备和第三终端设备可以分别通过前文所描述的注册流程向注册功能实体进行注册。For example, before the first terminal device and the third terminal device are bound, the first terminal device and the third terminal device may respectively register with the registration function entity through the registration process described above.
S702,第一终端设备执行第一终端设备与第二终端设备(图7中未示出)之间的M个媒体数据传输业务。S702: The first terminal device performs M media data transmission services between the first terminal device and the second terminal device (not shown in Figure 7).
此处,M个媒体数据传输业务中的每一个媒体数据传输业务可用于传输和/或呈现第一终端设备的用户与第二终端设备的用户之间的通话业务关联的媒体数据。Here, each of the M media data transmission services may be used to transmit and/or present media data associated with the call service between the user of the first terminal device and the user of the second terminal device.
示例性地,第一终端设备和第二终端设备可以通过前文所述的会话建立流程建立通话业务对应的会话,可选地,还可以通过前文所述的会话修改流程对会话进行修改。比如,通话业务为视频通话业务,则M个媒体数据传输业务可以包括音频数据传输业务、视频数据传输业务和DC数据传输业务。For example, the first terminal device and the second terminal device may establish a session corresponding to the call service through the session establishment process described above, and optionally, the session may also be modified through the session modification process described above. For example, if the call service is a video call service, the M media data transmission services may include audio data transmission services, video data transmission services and DC data transmission services.
示例性地,在S702之前,第二终端设备可以通过前文所述的注册流程向注册功能实体进行注册。For example, before S702, the second terminal device may register with the registration function entity through the registration process described above.
S703,第一终端设备向通话功能实体发送第一转场请求消息,第一转场请求消息包括交接指示信息,交接指示信息指示第三终端设备执行第三终端设备与第二终端设备之间的P个媒体数据传输业务,P个媒体数据传输业务用于取代M个媒体数据传输业务中的N个媒体数据传输业务。其中,N可以小于M,或者也可以等于M。S703. The first terminal device sends a first transition request message to the call function entity. The first transition request message includes handover instruction information. The handover instruction information instructs the third terminal device to perform the communication between the third terminal device and the second terminal device. P media data transmission services, the P media data transmission services are used to replace N media data transmission services among the M media data transmission services. Among them, N can be less than M, or it can also be equal to M.
此处,由于第一终端设备的账号1和第三终端设备的账号2绑定,因此,当第一终端设备检测到用户的转场操作后,第一终端设备根据预先绑定的账号,可以确定需要转场到第三终端设备,并向通话功能实体发送第一转场请求消息。Here, since the account 1 of the first terminal device is bound to the account 2 of the third terminal device, when the first terminal device detects the user's transition operation, the first terminal device can, based on the pre-bound account, It is determined that transfer to the third terminal device is required, and a first transfer request message is sent to the call function entity.
示例性地,交接指示信息可以包括第二终端设备的用户标识和/或通话业务对应的会话(即第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的会话)的标识。可选地,交接指示信息还可以包括交接对象信息,交接对象信息用于指示交接对象;其中,交接对象可以是默认的,比如交接对象为N个媒体数据传输业务。此外,第一转场请求消息还可以包括其它可能的信息,比如第三终端设备的用户标识和/或第三终端设备的注册标识。For example, the handover instruction information may include the user identification of the second terminal device and/or the identification of the session corresponding to the call service (ie, the session between the first terminal device and the second terminal device). Optionally, the handover instruction information may also include handover object information, and the handover object information is used to indicate the handover object; wherein the handover object may be a default, for example, the handover object is N media data transmission services. In addition, the first transition request message may also include other possible information, such as the user identification of the third terminal device and/or the registration identification of the third terminal device.
此处对N、P之间的大小关系进行说明:P可以小于N,或者也可以等于N,又或者也可以大于N。也就是说,在转场之后,第三终端设备可以将N个媒体数据传输业务中的多个媒体数据传输业务合并为一个媒体数据传输业务,合并后的一个媒体数据传输业务用于取代合并前的多个媒体数据业务;或者,第三终端设备也可以将N个媒体数据传输业务中的某一个媒体数据传输业务拆分为多个媒体数据传输业务,拆分后的多个媒体数据传输业务用于取代拆分前的一个媒体数据传输业务。在一个示例中,若P等于N,则P个媒体数据传输业务可以与N个媒体数据传输业务一一对应,比如P个媒体数据传输业务中的媒体数据传输业务p1对应N个媒体数据传输业务中的媒体数据传输业务n1,则表示媒体数据传输业务p1用于取代媒体数据传输业务n1。The size relationship between N and P is explained here: P can be less than N, or it can be equal to N, or it can be greater than N. That is to say, after the transition, the third terminal device can merge multiple media data transmission services among the N media data transmission services into one media data transmission service, and the merged media data transmission service is used to replace the previous one. multiple media data transmission services; or, the third terminal device can also split one of the N media data transmission services into multiple media data transmission services, and the multiple media data transmission services after splitting Used to replace a media data transmission business before the split. In an example, if P equals N, then P media data transmission services can correspond to N media data transmission services one-to-one. For example, the media data transmission service p1 among the P media data transmission services corresponds to N media data transmission services. The media data transmission service n1 in means that the media data transmission service p1 is used to replace the media data transmission service n1.
S704,通话功能实体接收到第一转场请求消息后,向第三终端设备发送第二转场请求消息,第二转场请求消息包括交接指示信息。S704: After receiving the first transfer request message, the call function entity sends a second transfer request message to the third terminal device, where the second transfer request message includes handover instruction information.
此处,通话功能实体可以根据第一转场请求消息中包括第三终端设备的用户标识和/或第三终端设备的注册标识,向第三终端设备发送第二转场请求消息。Here, the call function entity may send the second transfer request message to the third terminal device according to the user ID of the third terminal device and/or the registration ID of the third terminal device included in the first transfer request message.
S705,第三终端设备接收到第二转场请求消息后,根据交接指示信息,执行第三终端设备与第二终端设备之间的P个媒体数据传输业务,从而完成通话业务的转场。S705: After receiving the second transition request message, the third terminal device executes P media data transmission services between the third terminal device and the second terminal device according to the handover instruction information, thereby completing the transition of the call service.
S706,第一终端设备确定第三终端设备已开始执行P个媒体数据传输业务后,暂停执行或终止执行N个媒体数据传输业务。S706: After determining that the third terminal device has started executing P media data transmission services, the first terminal device suspends or terminates execution of N media data transmission services.
此处,若N小于M,则第一终端设备可以继续执行第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的M-N个媒体数据传输业务,以及暂停执行或终止执行N个媒体数据传输业务。若N等于M,则第一终端设备可以暂停执行或终止执行N个媒体数据传输业务。Here, if N is less than M, the first terminal device can continue to perform M-N media data transmission services between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, and suspend or terminate the execution of N media data transmission services. If N equals M, the first terminal device may suspend or terminate the execution of N media data transmission services.
其中,第一终端设备确定第三终端设备已开始执行P个媒体数据传输业务的方式可以有多种。比如,第三终端设备可以在开始执行P个媒体数据传输业务后,向第一终端设备发送交接完成消息,交接完成消息用于指示第三终端设备已开始执行P个媒体数据传输业务。可以理解的是,在其它可能的实施例中,第一终端设备也可以在确定第三终端设备已准备执行P个媒体数据传输业务后,暂停执行 或者终止执行N个媒体数据传输业务。There may be multiple ways for the first terminal device to determine that the third terminal device has started to perform P media data transmission services. For example, the third terminal device may send a handover completion message to the first terminal device after starting to perform P media data transmission services. The handover completion message is used to indicate that the third terminal device has started to perform P media data transmission services. It can be understood that in other possible embodiments, the first terminal device may also suspend execution after determining that the third terminal device is ready to perform P media data transmission services. Or terminate the execution of N media data transmission services.
示例性地,根据前文的描述可知,媒体数据传输业务与数据传输通道一一对应,因此,N个媒体数据传输业务可以对应第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的N个数据传输通道。第一终端设备暂停执行N个媒体数据传输业务,可以是指,第一终端设备暂停通过N个数据传输通道与第二终端设备传输媒体数据,但并不释放或删除N个数据传输通道。第一终端设备终止执行N个媒体数据传输业务,可以是指,第一终端设备释放或删除N个数据传输通道,以终止通过N个数据传输通道与第二终端设备传输媒体数据。For example, according to the foregoing description, media data transmission services have a one-to-one correspondence with data transmission channels. Therefore, N media data transmission services may correspond to N data transmission channels between the first terminal device and the second terminal device. The first terminal device suspends execution of N media data transmission services, which may mean that the first terminal device suspends the transmission of media data with the second terminal device through N data transmission channels, but does not release or delete the N data transmission channels. Terminating the execution of N media data transmission services by the first terminal device may mean that the first terminal device releases or deletes N data transmission channels to terminate the transmission of media data with the second terminal device through the N data transmission channels.
采用该种方法,第一终端设备是基于预先建立的绑定关系,对通话业务进行转场,也就是说,第一终端设备只能将通话业务转场到第一终端设备预先绑定的终端设备,比如当第一终端设备与第三终端设备绑定时,第一终端设备可以将通话业务转场到第三终端设备;如果第一终端设备的用户想要将通话业务转场到第三终端设备以外的其它终端设备(比如第四终端设备),则需要先将第一终端设备与第三终端设备解绑,以及将第一终端设备与第四终端设备绑定,进而方可将通话业务转场到第四终端设备。此外,由于第一终端设备与第三终端设备之间需要通过通话功能实体进行通信,从而会导致通话业务转场的时延较大。Using this method, the first terminal device transfers the call service based on the pre-established binding relationship. That is to say, the first terminal device can only transfer the call service to the terminal pre-bound by the first terminal device. equipment, for example, when the first terminal device is bound to the third terminal device, the first terminal device can transfer the call service to the third terminal device; if the user of the first terminal device wants to transfer the call service to the third terminal device, For terminal devices other than the terminal device (such as the fourth terminal device), you need to first unbind the first terminal device from the third terminal device, and bind the first terminal device to the fourth terminal device before the call can be completed. The business transitions to the fourth terminal device. In addition, since the first terminal device and the third terminal device need to communicate through the call function entity, a large delay in transition of the call service will be caused.
本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法为:第一终端设备通过近距离通信连接向第三终端设备发送交接指示信息,从而使得通话业务由第一终端设备转场到第三终端设备。Another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application is: the first terminal device sends handover instruction information to the third terminal device through a short-range communication connection, so that the call service is transferred from the first terminal device to the third terminal device.
下面结合实施例二和实施例三,对该通信方法进行详细描述。The communication method will be described in detail below with reference to Embodiment 2 and Embodiment 3.
实施例二Embodiment 2
图8为本申请实施例二提供的通信方法对应的流程示意图。如图8所示,该流程可以包括:Figure 8 is a schematic flowchart corresponding to the communication method provided in Embodiment 2 of the present application. As shown in Figure 8, the process may include:
S801,第一终端设备执行第一终端设备与第二终端设备(图8中未示出)之间的M个媒体数据传输业务。S801: The first terminal device performs M media data transmission services between the first terminal device and the second terminal device (not shown in Figure 8).
此处,M个媒体数据传输业务可以参照实施例一中的描述。Here, the M media data transmission services may refer to the description in Embodiment 1.
示例性地,在S801之前,第一终端设备可以使用第一终端设备的用户标识通过前文所述的注册流程向注册功能实体进行注册,以及第二终端设备可以使用第二终端设备的用户标识通过前文所述的注册流程向注册功能实体进行注册。Exemplarily, before S801, the first terminal device may use the user identification of the first terminal device to register with the registration function entity through the registration process described above, and the second terminal device may use the user identification of the second terminal device to register with the registration function entity through The registration process described above registers with the registration function entity.
S802,第一终端设备通过近距离通信连接向第三终端设备发送转场请求消息,转场请求消息包括交接指示信息,交接指示信息指示第三终端设备执行第三终端设备与第二终端设备之间的P个媒体数据传输业务,P个媒体数据传输业务用于取代M个媒体数据传输业务中的N个媒体数据传输业务。S802. The first terminal device sends a transition request message to the third terminal device through a short-range communication connection. The transition request message includes handover instruction information. The handover instruction information instructs the third terminal device to perform a transfer between the third terminal device and the second terminal device. There are P media data transmission services between, and the P media data transmission services are used to replace the N media data transmission services in the M media data transmission services.
示例性地,第一终端设备确定需要转场到第三终端设备后,可以通过近距离通信连接向第三终端设备发送转场请求消息,转场请求消息包括交接指示信息。可选地,转场请求消息还可以包括其它可能的信息,具体不做限定。For example, after the first terminal device determines that it needs to transfer to the third terminal device, it may send a transfer request message to the third terminal device through a short-range communication connection, where the transfer request message includes handover instruction information. Optionally, the transition request message may also include other possible information, which is not specifically limited.
一、第一终端设备确定需要转场到第三终端设备的情形1. The first terminal device determines that it needs to transfer to the third terminal device.
本申请实施例中,第一终端设备确定需要转场到第三终端设备的情形可以有多种。In this embodiment of the present application, there may be multiple situations in which the first terminal device determines that it needs to transition to the third terminal device.
比如,在第一终端设备执行M个媒体数据传输业务的过程中,若第一终端设备与第三终端设备建立了近距离通信连接,则第一终端设备可以确定需要转场到第三终端设备。具体来说,在第一终端设备执行M个媒体数据传输业务的过程中,若第一终端设备的用户开启了第一终端设备的近距离通信功能,则第一终端设备可以通过近距离通信技术扫描附近的设备,当扫描到第三终端设备后,可以与第三终端设备建立近距离通信连接,并确定需要转场到第三终端设备。举个例子,近距离通信连接为NFC连接,则当用户将第一终端设备与第三终端设备碰一碰后,第一终端设备便可以确定需要转场到第三终端设备,进而通过实施例二或实施例三中的方法转场到第三终端设备,从而实现“碰一碰转场”。For example, while the first terminal device is performing M media data transmission services, if the first terminal device establishes a short-range communication connection with the third terminal device, the first terminal device may determine that it needs to transfer to the third terminal device. . Specifically, during the process of the first terminal device performing M media data transmission services, if the user of the first terminal device turns on the near field communication function of the first terminal device, the first terminal device can use the near field communication technology. Scan nearby devices, and when the third terminal device is scanned, a short-range communication connection can be established with the third terminal device, and it is determined that the scene needs to be transferred to the third terminal device. For example, if the short-range communication connection is an NFC connection, then when the user touches the first terminal device and the third terminal device, the first terminal device can determine that it needs to transfer to the third terminal device, and then through the embodiment The method in Embodiment 2 or 3 is used to transfer the scene to the third terminal device, thereby realizing a "touch-and-click transition".
又比如,在第一终端设备执行M个媒体数据传输业务的过程中,若第一终端设备与第三终端设备建立了近距离通信连接,则第一终端设备可以向第一终端设备的用户询问是否需要将通话业务转场到第三终端设备,若用户确认需要将通话业务转场到第三终端设备,则第一终端设备可以确定需要转场到第三终端设备,进而通过实施例二或实施例三中的方法转场到第三终端设备。For another example, during the process of the first terminal device performing M media data transmission services, if the first terminal device establishes a short-range communication connection with the third terminal device, the first terminal device can ask the user of the first terminal device. Whether the call service needs to be transferred to the third terminal device, if the user confirms that the call service needs to be transferred to the third terminal device, the first terminal device can determine that the call service needs to be transferred to the third terminal device, and then through the second embodiment or The method in Embodiment 3 transitions to the third terminal device.
又比如,在第一终端设备执行M个媒体数据传输业务的过程中,若第一终端设备检测到用户的转场操作(比如第一终端设备的通话界面上可以显示转场操作对应的控件,第一终端设备可以实时检测用户是否触发了该控件),则可以启动近距离通信技术扫描附近的设备,若扫描到第三终端设备,则可以 与第三终端设备建立近距离通信连接(或者也可以是第一终端设备在检测到用户的转场操作前,已经与第三终端设备建立近场通信连接),并确定需要转场到第三终端设备,进而通过实施例二或实施例三中的方法转场到第三终端设备,从而实现“一键转场”。可以理解的是,若第一终端设备扫描到多个候选终端设备(包括第三终端设备),则用户可以从多个候选终端设备中选择第三终端设备。For another example, while the first terminal device is executing M media data transmission services, if the first terminal device detects the user's transition operation (for example, the call interface of the first terminal device can display controls corresponding to the transition operation, The first terminal device can detect in real time whether the user has triggered the control), it can start the near field communication technology to scan nearby devices, and if the third terminal device is scanned, it can Establish a near field communication connection with the third terminal device (or the first terminal device has established a near field communication connection with the third terminal device before detecting the user's transition operation), and determines that it needs to transition to the third terminal device. The terminal device then transitions to the third terminal device through the method in Embodiment 2 or Embodiment 3, thereby realizing "one-click transition". It can be understood that if the first terminal device scans multiple candidate terminal devices (including the third terminal device), the user can select the third terminal device from the multiple candidate terminal devices.
二、交接指示信息2. Handover instruction information
示例性地,交接指示信息可以包括第二终端设备的用户标识和/或通话业务对应的会话(即第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的会话)的标识。For example, the handover instruction information may include the user identification of the second terminal device and/or the identification of the session corresponding to the call service (ie, the session between the first terminal device and the second terminal device).
(1)作为一种可能的实现,交接指示信息还可以包括交接对象信息,交接对象信息用于指示交接对象为N个媒体数据传输业务,比如交接对象信息可以包括N个媒体数据传输业务的标识。(1) As a possible implementation, the handover instruction information may also include handover object information. The handover object information is used to indicate that the handover object is N media data transmission services. For example, the handover object information may include the identifiers of N media data transmission services. .
本申请实施例中,第一终端设备确定交接对象的方式可以有多种。In this embodiment of the present application, the first terminal device may determine the handover object in multiple ways.
比如,第一终端设备可以获取第三终端设备的媒体能力信息,媒体能力信息用于指示第三终端设备支持的媒体数据传输业务,进而第一终端设备可以根据第三终端设备的媒体能力信息,确定交接对象。举个例子,M个媒体数据传输业务包括音频数据传输业务、视频数据传输业务和DC数据传输业务,若第三终端设备支持的媒体数据传输业务包括音频数据传输业务,不包括视频数据传输业务和DC数据传输业务,则第一终端设备可以确定交接对象为音频数据传输业务。For example, the first terminal device can obtain the media capability information of the third terminal device. The media capability information is used to indicate the media data transmission service supported by the third terminal device. Then the first terminal device can obtain the media capability information of the third terminal device. Determine the handover object. For example, M media data transmission services include audio data transmission services, video data transmission services and DC data transmission services. If the media data transmission services supported by the third terminal device include audio data transmission services, video data transmission services are not included. DC data transmission service, the first terminal device can determine that the handover object is the audio data transmission service.
又比如,第一终端设备可以获取第三终端设备的媒体能力信息,并根据第三终端设备的媒体能力信息,确定初始交接对象;以及,向第一终端设备的用户询问是否将初始交接对象转场到第三终端设备。比如,初始交接对象包括N1个媒体数据传输业务,用户可以从N1个媒体数据传输业务中选择N个媒体数据传输业务,N个媒体数据传输业务为N1个媒体数据传输业务中的部分或全部媒体数据传输业务,进而第一终端设备可以将用户选择的N个媒体数据传输业务确定为交接对象。For another example, the first terminal device may obtain the media capability information of the third terminal device, and determine the initial handover object based on the media capability information of the third terminal device; and ask the user of the first terminal device whether to transfer the initial handover object to the user. field to a third terminal device. For example, the initial handover object includes N1 media data transmission services. The user can select N media data transmission services from the N1 media data transmission services. The N media data transmission services are part or all of the media in the N1 media data transmission services. The first terminal device can determine the N media data transmission services selected by the user as the handover objects.
其中,第一终端设备获取第三终端设备的媒体能力信息的方式可以有多种,比如第一终端设备与第三终端设备建立近距离通信连接后,第三终端设备通过近距离通信连接向第一终端设备发送第三终端设备的媒体能力信息。There are many ways for the first terminal device to obtain the media capability information of the third terminal device. For example, after the first terminal device establishes a near-field communication connection with the third terminal device, the third terminal device sends a request to the third terminal device through the near-field communication connection. A terminal device sends media capability information of a third terminal device.
(2)作为又一种可能的实现,交接指示信息也可以不包括交接对象信息,此种情形下,交接对象可以为协议预先定义或者默认的。(2) As another possible implementation, the handover instruction information may not include handover object information. In this case, the handover object may be predefined by the protocol or be defaulted.
三、第一终端设备向第三终端设备发送转场请求消息的实现方式3. How the first terminal device sends a transition request message to the third terminal device
比如,近距离通信连接为NFC连接,则第一终端设备向第三终端设备发送的转场请求消息可以为NDEF消息,NDEF消息的Payload中包括JSON格式的信息,JSON格式的信息包括交接指示信息。参见表9所示,为转场请求消息的一个示例。For example, if the near field communication connection is an NFC connection, the transition request message sent by the first terminal device to the third terminal device may be an NDEF message. The payload of the NDEF message includes information in JSON format, and the information in JSON format includes handover instruction information. . See Table 9 for an example of a transition request message.
表9:转场请求消息示例1
Table 9: Transition request message example 1
又比如,近距离通信连接为WiFi连接,则第一终端设备向第三终端设备发送的转场请求消息可以为HTTP消息,HTTP消息的请求数据可以包括JSON格式的信息,JSON格式的信息包括交接指示信息。参见表10所示,为转场请求消息的又一个示例。 For another example, if the near field communication connection is a WiFi connection, the transition request message sent by the first terminal device to the third terminal device may be an HTTP message. The request data of the HTTP message may include information in JSON format, and the information in JSON format may include handover information. Instructions. See Table 10 for another example of a transition request message.
表10:转场请求消息示例2
Table 10: Transition request message example 2
S803,第三终端设备根据转场请求消息,执行P个媒体数据传输业务。S803: The third terminal device performs P media data transmission services according to the scene transition request message.
示例性地,在S803之前,第三终端设备可以使用第三终端设备的用户标识通过前文所述的注册流程向注册功能实体进行注册,在注册成功后,第三终端设备方可执行P个媒体数据传输业务。Exemplarily, before S803, the third terminal device can use the user identification of the third terminal device to register with the registration function entity through the registration process described above. After the registration is successful, the third terminal device can execute P media Data transmission business.
S804,第一终端设备确定第三终端设备已开始执行P个媒体数据传输业务后,暂停执行或终止执行N个媒体数据传输业务。S804: After determining that the third terminal device has started executing P media data transmission services, the first terminal device suspends or terminates execution of N media data transmission services.
采用上述实施例二中的方法,第一终端设备通过近距离通信连接向第三终端设备发送交接指示信息,从而能够实现第一终端设备将通话业务转场到第三终端设备。如此,由于第一终端设备与第三终端设备无需预先绑定,因此,对于用户来说,可以实现“一键转场”(比如用户在第一终端设备上触发一下转场按键,便可以将第一终端设备的通话业务转场到第三终端设备)或者“碰一碰转场”(比如用户将第一终端设备与第三终端设备碰一碰,便可以将第一终端设备的通话业务转场到第三终端设备),能够有效提高用户体验;且,由于第一终端设备与第三终端设备可以直接通过近距离通信连接进行通信,相比于第一终端设备与第三终端设备通过通话功能实体进行通信的方式来说,转场的实现较为简便,且能够有效降低转场时延。Using the method in the second embodiment, the first terminal device sends handover instruction information to the third terminal device through the short-range communication connection, so that the first terminal device can transfer the call service to the third terminal device. In this way, since the first terminal device and the third terminal device do not need to be pre-bound, a "one-click transition" can be realized for the user (for example, the user can trigger the transition button on the first terminal device to transfer the scene to another scene). The call service of the first terminal device is transferred to the third terminal device) or "touch transfer" (for example, the user touches the first terminal device and the third terminal device to transfer the call service of the first terminal device to the third terminal device). transition to the third terminal device), which can effectively improve the user experience; and, because the first terminal device and the third terminal device can communicate directly through the short-range communication connection, compared with the first terminal device and the third terminal device through In terms of the way call function entities communicate, the implementation of transition is relatively simple and can effectively reduce transition delay.
实施例三Embodiment 3
图9为本申请实施例三提供的通信方法对应的流程示意图。如图9所示,该流程可以包括:Figure 9 is a schematic flowchart corresponding to the communication method provided in Embodiment 3 of the present application. As shown in Figure 9, the process may include:
S901,第一终端设备执行第一终端设备与第二终端设备(图9中未示出)之间的M个媒体数据传输业务。S901: The first terminal device performs M media data transmission services between the first terminal device and the second terminal device (not shown in Figure 9).
此处,M个媒体数据传输业务可以参照实施例一中的描述。Here, the M media data transmission services may refer to the description in Embodiment 1.
示例性地,在S801之前,第一终端设备可以使用第一终端设备的用户标识通过前文所述的注册流程向注册功能实体进行注册,以及第二终端设备可以使用第二终端设备的用户标识通过前文所述的注册流程向注册功能实体进行注册。Exemplarily, before S801, the first terminal device may use the user identification of the first terminal device to register with the registration function entity through the registration process described above, and the second terminal device may use the user identification of the second terminal device to register with the registration function entity through The registration process described above registers with the registration function entity.
S902,第一终端设备通过近距离通信连接向第三终端设备发送第一注册请求消息。S902: The first terminal device sends a first registration request message to the third terminal device through a short-range communication connection.
此处,第一注册请求消息可以包括交接凭证信息和第一终端设备的用户标识,可选地,还可以包括注册功能实体的地址信息。其中,注册功能实体的地址信息比如可以是指P-CSCF实体的地址信息。Here, the first registration request message may include handover credential information and the user identification of the first terminal device, and optionally may also include address information of the registration function entity. The address information of the registered functional entity may refer to the address information of the P-CSCF entity, for example.
示例性地,第一终端设备确定需要转场到第三终端设备后,可以获取第三终端设备的状态信息,若第三终端设备处于未注册状态,则可以获取交接凭证信息,并向第三终端设备发送第一注册请求消息;若第三终端设备处于注册状态,则可以执行S906。For example, after the first terminal device determines that it needs to transfer to the third terminal device, it can obtain the status information of the third terminal device. If the third terminal device is in an unregistered state, it can obtain the handover voucher information and provide it to the third terminal device. The terminal device sends the first registration request message; if the third terminal device is in the registration state, S906 can be executed.
(1)第一终端设备获取交接凭证信息的方式可以有多种。作为一种可能的实现,第一终端设备可以根据第三终端设备的广播消息中的广播标识确定第三终端设备的设备标识,并向注册功能实体发起交接凭证信息请求消息,交接凭证信息请求消息可以包括第一终端设备的用户标识、第三终端设备的设备标识,可选地,还可以包括时间信息,时间信息用于指示第一终端设备发送交接凭证信息请求消息的时间。相应地,注册功能实体接收到交接凭证信息请求消息后,可以根据交接凭证信息请求消息所携带的信息生成交接凭证信息,并将交接凭证信息发送给第一终端设备。其中,注册功能实体根据交接凭证信 息请求消息生成交接凭证信息的实现可以参照前文中“注册功能实体生成凭证信息”的描述。(1) There are many ways for the first terminal device to obtain the handover voucher information. As a possible implementation, the first terminal device can determine the device identity of the third terminal device based on the broadcast identity in the broadcast message of the third terminal device, and initiate a handover credential information request message to the registration function entity. The handover credential information request message It may include the user identification of the first terminal device and the device identification of the third terminal device. Optionally, it may also include time information. The time information is used to indicate the time when the first terminal device sends the handover credential information request message. Correspondingly, after receiving the handover voucher information request message, the registration function entity can generate the handover voucher information according to the information carried in the handover voucher information request message, and send the handover voucher information to the first terminal device. Among them, the registered functional entity shall To implement the information request message to generate handover credential information, please refer to the description of "Registration Function Entity Generates Credential Information" in the previous article.
(2)第一终端设备获取第三终端设备的状态信息的方式可以有多种。比如,第一终端设备与第三终端设备建立近距离通信连接后,第三终端设备通过近距离通信连接向第一终端设备发送第三终端设备的状态信息。(2) There are many ways for the first terminal device to obtain the status information of the third terminal device. For example, after the first terminal device establishes a near-field communication connection with the third terminal device, the third terminal device sends the status information of the third terminal device to the first terminal device through the near-field communication connection.
可以理解的是,在其它可能的实施例中,第一终端设备也可以在确定需要转场到第三终端设备后,便获取交接凭证信息,并向第三终端设备发送交接凭证信息,而无需判断第三终端设备的状态信息。此种情形下,第三终端设备接收到交接凭证信息后,若确定自身处于注册状态,则可以无需对交接凭证信息进行处理;若确定自身处于未注册状态,则可以根据交接凭证信息向注册功能实体发送注册请求消息,具体参见后文的描述。It can be understood that in other possible embodiments, the first terminal device can also obtain the handover voucher information after determining that it needs to transfer to the third terminal device, and send the handover voucher information to the third terminal device without Determine the status information of the third terminal device. In this case, after the third terminal device receives the handover voucher information, if it determines that it is in the registered state, it does not need to process the handover voucher information; if it determines that it is in the unregistered state, it can request the registration function according to the handover voucher information. The entity sends a registration request message. For details, see the description below.
(3)第一终端设备通过近距离通信连接向第三终端设备发送第一注册请求消息的实现方式可以有多种。比如,近距离通信连接为NFC连接,则第一终端设备向第三终端设备发送的第一注册请求消息可以为NDEF消息,NDEF消息的Payload中包括JSON格式的信息,JSON格式的信息包括交接凭证信息,可选地,还可以包括注册功能实体的地址信息。参见表11所示,为第一注册请求消息的一个示例。(3) The first terminal device can send the first registration request message to the third terminal device through the short-range communication connection in various ways. For example, if the near field communication connection is an NFC connection, the first registration request message sent by the first terminal device to the third terminal device may be an NDEF message. The payload of the NDEF message includes information in JSON format, and the information in JSON format includes the handover voucher. Information, optionally, may also include address information of the registered functional entity. See Table 11 for an example of the first registration request message.
表11:第一注册请求消息示例1
Table 11: First registration request message example 1
又比如,近距离通信连接为WiFi连接,则第一终端设备向第三终端设备发送的第一注册请求消息可以为HTTP消息,HTTP消息的请求数据可以包括JSON格式的信息,JSON格式的信息包括交接凭证信息,可选地,还可以包括注册功能实体的地址信息。参见表12所示,为第一注册请求消息的又一个示例。For another example, if the near field communication connection is a WiFi connection, the first registration request message sent by the first terminal device to the third terminal device may be an HTTP message, and the request data of the HTTP message may include information in JSON format, and the information in JSON format may include The handover credential information may optionally also include address information of the registered functional entity. See Table 12 for another example of the first registration request message.
表12:第一注册请求消息示例2
Table 12: First registration request message example 2
S903,第三终端设备接收到第一注册请求消息后,向注册功能实体发送第二注册请求消息,第二注册请求消息包括交接凭证信息和第三终端设备的注册标识(比如本端标签);相应地,注册功能实体可以接收第二注册请求消息。S903. After receiving the first registration request message, the third terminal device sends a second registration request message to the registration function entity. The second registration request message includes the handover credential information and the registration identification (such as local label) of the third terminal device; Correspondingly, the registration function entity may receive the second registration request message.
示例性地,第二注册请求消息中还可以包括其它可能的信息,比如第一终端设备的用户标识和第三 终端设备的IP地址,具体不做限定。For example, the second registration request message may also include other possible information, such as the user ID of the first terminal device and the third The IP address of the terminal device is not specifically limited.
S904,注册功能实体根据交接凭证信息,确定第三终端设备注册成功后,向第三终端设备返回第一注册响应消息,第一注册响应消息用于指示第三终端设备注册成功。S904: After determining that the third terminal device is successfully registered based on the handover credential information, the registration function entity returns a first registration response message to the third terminal device. The first registration response message is used to indicate that the third terminal device is successfully registered.
示例性地,注册功能实体根据交接凭证信息确定第三终端设备注册成功的实现,可以参照前文有关注册流程的描述。For example, the registration function entity determines the successful registration of the third terminal device based on the handover credential information, and may refer to the previous description of the registration process.
示例性地,注册功能实体还可以向通话功能实体发送第三终端设备的注册信息,第三终端设备的注册信息包括第三终端设备的本端标签,还可以包括第一终端设备的用户标识和第三终端设备的IP地址。Exemplarily, the registration function entity may also send the registration information of the third terminal device to the call function entity. The registration information of the third terminal device includes the local label of the third terminal device, and may also include the user ID of the first terminal device and The IP address of the third terminal device.
S905,第三终端设备向第一终端设备发送第二注册响应消息,第二注册响应消息用于指示第三终端设备已注册成功。S905. The third terminal device sends a second registration response message to the first terminal device. The second registration response message is used to indicate that the third terminal device has been successfully registered.
S906,第一终端设备通过近距离通信连接向第三终端设备发送转场请求消息,转场请求消息包括交接指示信息,交接指示信息指示第三终端设备执行第三终端设备与第二终端设备之间的P个媒体数据传输业务。S906. The first terminal device sends a transition request message to the third terminal device through a short-range communication connection. The transition request message includes handover instruction information. The handover instruction information instructs the third terminal device to perform a transfer between the third terminal device and the second terminal device. P media data transmission services between.
示例性地,交接指示信息可以包括第二终端设备的用户标识和/或通话业务对应的会话的标识。For example, the handover instruction information may include the user identification of the second terminal device and/or the identification of the session corresponding to the call service.
作为一种可能的实现,交接指示信息还可以包括交接对象信息。第一终端设备确定交接对象的方式可以有多种,比如第一终端设备可以获取第三终端设备的媒体能力信息,媒体能力信息用于指示第三终端设备支持的媒体数据传输业务,进而第一终端设备可以根据第三终端设备的媒体能力信息,确定交接对象。其中,第一终端设备获取第三终端设备的媒体能力信息的方式可以有多种,比如,第三终端设备可以通过第二注册响应消息向第一终端设备发送第三终端设备的媒体能力信息。As a possible implementation, the handover instruction information may also include handover object information. There may be many ways for the first terminal device to determine the handover object. For example, the first terminal device may obtain the media capability information of the third terminal device. The media capability information is used to indicate the media data transmission service supported by the third terminal device, and then the first terminal device may obtain the media capability information of the third terminal device. The terminal device may determine the handover object based on the media capability information of the third terminal device. There may be multiple ways for the first terminal device to obtain the media capability information of the third terminal device. For example, the third terminal device may send the media capability information of the third terminal device to the first terminal device through the second registration response message.
S907,第三终端设备根据转场请求消息,执行P个媒体数据传输业务。S907: The third terminal device performs P media data transmission services according to the scene transition request message.
此处,由于在S907之前,第一终端设备可以向第三终端设备发送交接凭证信息,进而第三终端设备可以使用交接凭证信息向注册功能实体进行注册,进而在注册成功后,第三终端设备可以根据转场请求消息,执行P个媒体数据传输业务。Here, before S907, the first terminal device can send the handover credential information to the third terminal device, and then the third terminal device can use the handover credential information to register with the registration function entity, and then after the registration is successful, the third terminal device P media data transmission services can be executed according to the transition request message.
S908,第一终端设备确定第三终端设备已开始执行P个媒体数据传输业务后,暂停执行或终止执行N个媒体数据传输业务。S908: After determining that the third terminal device has started executing P media data transmission services, the first terminal device suspends or terminates execution of N media data transmission services.
可以理解的是,上述实施例三中,第一注册请求消息和转场请求消息可以为同一消息,也就是说,第一终端设备在检测到用户的转场操作后,可以通过一条消息向第三终端设备发送交接凭证信息和交接指示信息。It can be understood that in the above-described third embodiment, the first registration request message and the transition request message may be the same message. That is to say, after detecting the user's transition operation, the first terminal device may send a message to the third terminal device through a message. The three terminal devices send handover voucher information and handover instruction information.
上述实施例三中的方法相比于实施例二来说:实施例二中,第三终端设备需要自身去请求凭证信息,也就是说,第三终端设备需要使用第三终端设备的用户标识向注册功能实体进行注册;而实施例三中,第一终端设备可以向第三终端设备发送交接凭证信息,第三终端设备自身无需去请求凭证信息,也就是说,第三终端设备可以使用第一终端设备的用户标识向注册功能实体进行注册。比如,实施例三中,第三终端设备可以无需安装SIM卡(比如第三终端设备可以为不支持SIM卡的终端设备,不支持SIM卡的终端设备不具有请求凭证信息的能力),因此,采用实施例三中的方法,接受转场的设备可以更加多样化,转场方案的适用性更强。Compared with the method in Embodiment 3 above, in Embodiment 2: in Embodiment 2, the third terminal device needs to request the credential information itself, that is to say, the third terminal device needs to use the user identification of the third terminal device to request the credential information. The registration function entity registers; in the third embodiment, the first terminal device can send the handover credential information to the third terminal device, and the third terminal device itself does not need to request the credential information. That is to say, the third terminal device can use the first The user identification of the terminal device is registered with the registration function entity. For example, in the third embodiment, the third terminal device does not need to install a SIM card (for example, the third terminal device can be a terminal device that does not support a SIM card, and a terminal device that does not support a SIM card does not have the ability to request credential information). Therefore, Using the method in Embodiment 3, the devices that accept the transition can be more diverse, and the transition solution has greater applicability.
下面结合具体示例(即示例1和示例2),对上述实施例三中S907和S908的具体实现进行描述。The specific implementation of S907 and S908 in the above-mentioned Embodiment 3 will be described below with reference to specific examples (ie, Example 1 and Example 2).
示例1Example 1
在示例1中,第一终端设备和第二终端设备可以均为智能手机,第三终端设备可以为智能手表,第一终端设备的用户与第二终端设备的用户之间的通话业务为视频通话业务,比如智能手表支持音频数据传输业务,而不支持视频数据传输业务和DC数据传输业务,因此,第一终端设备可以将第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的音频数据传输业务转场到第三终端设备。此外,示例1中是以“P=N”为例进行描述的,也就是说,第一终端设备将第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的音频数据传输业务(称为音频数据传输业务1)转场到第三终端设备后,第三终端设备可以执行第三终端设备与第二终端设备之间的音频数据传输业务(称为音频数据传输业务2),音频数据传输业务2用于取代音频数据传输业务1。In Example 1, the first terminal device and the second terminal device may both be smartphones, the third terminal device may be a smart watch, and the call service between the user of the first terminal device and the user of the second terminal device is a video call. Services, for example, smart watches support audio data transmission services but do not support video data transmission services and DC data transmission services. Therefore, the first terminal device can transfer the audio data transmission service between the first terminal device and the second terminal device. to the third terminal device. In addition, Example 1 is described using "P=N" as an example, that is to say, the first terminal device transfers the audio data transmission service (called audio data transmission service) between the first terminal device and the second terminal device. 1) After transitioning to the third terminal device, the third terminal device can perform the audio data transmission service (called audio data transmission service 2) between the third terminal device and the second terminal device. The audio data transmission service 2 is used for Replace audio data transmission service1.
图10为本申请实施例三中S907和S908对应的流程示意图。其中,S907可以包括S9071至S9075,S908可以包括S9081和S9082。Figure 10 is a schematic flowchart corresponding to S907 and S908 in Embodiment 3 of the present application. Among them, S907 may include S9071 to S9075, and S908 may include S9081 and S9082.
S9071,第三终端设备接收到转场请求消息后,向通话功能实体发送会话建立请求消息。S9071: After receiving the transition request message, the third terminal device sends a session establishment request message to the call function entity.
示例性地,会话建立请求消息可以包括第一终端设备的用户标识、第三终端设备的呼叫标识 (Call-ID3)、第三终端设备的本端标签(from-tag3)、通话业务对应的会话(即第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的会话)的标识(比如Call-ID1、from-tag1和to-tag2)、第二终端设备的用户标识、第三终端设备的媒体参数。其中,第三终端设备的媒体参数可以指示交接对象,比如交接对象为音频数据传输业务;示例性地,第三终端设备的媒体参数还可以指示其它可能的信息,比如第三终端设备针对于媒体数据的编码方式、采样率等,具体不做限定。参见表13所示,为会话建立请求消息示例。Exemplarily, the session establishment request message may include the user identification of the first terminal device and the call identification of the third terminal device. (Call-ID3), the local tag of the third terminal device (from-tag3), the identifier of the session corresponding to the call service (that is, the session between the first terminal device and the second terminal device) (such as Call-ID1, from -tag1 and to-tag2), the user identification of the second terminal device, and the media parameters of the third terminal device. Among them, the media parameters of the third terminal device may indicate the handover object, for example, the handover object is the audio data transmission service; for example, the media parameters of the third terminal device may also indicate other possible information, such as the third terminal device for media There are no specific restrictions on the data encoding method, sampling rate, etc. See Table 13 for an example session establishment request message.
表13:会话建立请求消息示例
Table 13: Example of session establishment request message
S9072,通话功能实体接收到会话建立请求消息后,向第二终端设备发送会话修改请求消息。S9072: After receiving the session establishment request message, the call function entity sends a session modification request message to the second terminal device.
此处,通话功能实体根据会话建立请求消息中的会话的标识,可以获知会话建立请求消息用于对通话业务进行转场,进而通话功能实体根据通话业务对应的会话的标识和/或第二终端设备的用户标识),向第二终端设备发送会话修改请求消息。比如,会话修改请求消息可以用于请求第二终端设备将音频通道的地址信息由地址信息1(即第一终端设备侧的地址信息)修改为地址信息2(即第三终端设备侧的地址信息)。可以理解的是,由于通话功能实体向第二终端设备发送的是会话修改请求消息,因此,第二终端设备并不感知第三终端设备,或者说第二终端设备并不感知通话业务由第一终端设备转场到第三终端设备。Here, the call function entity can learn that the session establishment request message is used to transfer the call service according to the session identifier in the session establishment request message, and then the call function entity can use the session identifier and/or the second terminal corresponding to the call service to user identification of the device), and sends a session modification request message to the second terminal device. For example, the session modification request message can be used to request the second terminal device to modify the address information of the audio channel from address information 1 (ie, the address information on the first terminal device side) to address information 2 (ie, the address information on the third terminal device side). ). It can be understood that since the call function entity sends a session modification request message to the second terminal device, the second terminal device does not perceive the third terminal device, or in other words, the second terminal device does not perceive that the call service is transmitted by the first terminal device. The terminal device transitions to a third terminal device.
示例性地,通话功能实体可以根据需要转场的通话业务对应的会话的标识,生成会话修改请求消息。会话修改请求消息可以包括第一终端设备的用户标识、Call-ID1、from-tag1和to-tag2、第二终端设备的用户标识、第三终端设备的媒体参数。参见表14所示,为会话修改请求消息示例。For example, the call function entity may generate a session modification request message according to the identifier of the session corresponding to the call service that needs to be transferred. The session modification request message may include the user identification of the first terminal device, Call-ID1, from-tag1 and to-tag2, the user identification of the second terminal device, and the media parameters of the third terminal device. See Table 14 for an example session modification request message.
表14:会话修改请求消息示例
Table 14: Example of session modification request message
S9073,第二终端设备接收到会话修改请求消息,若确定接受会话修改,则可以向通话功能实体发送会话修改响应消息。S9073. The second terminal device receives the session modification request message. If it determines to accept the session modification, it can send a session modification response message to the call function entity.
示例性地,第二终端设备可以根据会话修改请求消息,将音频通道的地址信息由地址信息1(即第一终端设备侧的地址信息)修改为地址信息2(即第三终端设备侧的地址信息),并根据修改的音频通道的地址信息来传输音频数据。可选地,第二终端设备还可以根据会话修改请求消息中携带的第三终端设备针对音频数据的编码方式、采样率等,确定是否修改第二终端设备针对音频数据的编码方式、采样率,若确定修改,则会话修改响应消息中可以携带修改的编码方式、采样率,若不需要修改,则会话修改响应消息中可以携带之前的编码方式、采样率。For example, the second terminal device can modify the address information of the audio channel from address information 1 (ie, the address information on the first terminal device side) to address information 2 (ie, the address on the third terminal device side) according to the session modification request message. information), and transmit audio data according to the modified address information of the audio channel. Optionally, the second terminal device may also determine whether to modify the encoding mode and sampling rate of the audio data of the third terminal device based on the encoding mode and sampling rate of the audio data carried by the third terminal device in the session modification request message, If the modification is determined, the session modification response message can carry the modified encoding method and sampling rate. If no modification is required, the session modification response message can carry the previous encoding method and sampling rate.
参见表15所示,为会话修改响应消息示例。See Table 15 for an example of a session modification response message.
表15:会话修改响应消息示例
Table 15: Example of session modification response message
S9074,通话功能实体接收到会话修改响应消息后,向第三终端设备发送会话建立响应消息。S9074: After receiving the session modification response message, the call function entity sends a session establishment response message to the third terminal device.
示例性地,通话功能实体接收到会话修改响应消息后,可以根据会话修改响应消息,生成会话建立响应消息,并向第三终端设备发送会话建立响应消息。For example, after receiving the session modification response message, the call function entity may generate a session establishment response message according to the session modification response message, and send the session establishment response message to the third terminal device.
参见表16所示,为会话建立响应消息示例。See Table 16 for an example of a session establishment response message.
表16:会话建立响应消息示例
Table 16: Example of session establishment response message
如此,第三终端设备接收到会话修改响应消息后,可以获取到音频通道在第二终端设备侧的IP地址和端口号,进而第三终端设备可以通过第三终端设备与第一终端设备之间的音频通道传输通话业务关联的音频数据。In this way, after receiving the session modification response message, the third terminal device can obtain the IP address and port number of the audio channel on the second terminal device side, and then the third terminal device can pass the communication between the third terminal device and the first terminal device. The audio channel transmits the audio data associated with the call service.
S9075,第三终端设备向第一终端设备发送交接完成信息,交接完成信息用于指示第三终端设备已 开始执行P个媒体数据传输业务。S9075, the third terminal device sends handover completion information to the first terminal device. The handover completion information is used to indicate that the third terminal device has Start executing P media data transmission services.
S9081,第一终端设备确定第三终端设备已开始执行P个媒体数据传输业务后,向通话功能实体发送会话修改请求消息。S9081: After determining that the third terminal device has started executing P media data transmission services, the first terminal device sends a session modification request message to the call function entity.
此处,第一终端设备确定第三终端设备已开始执行P个媒体数据传输业务的方式可以有多种。比如,第一终端设备可以接收来自第三终端设备的交接完成信息,进而根据交接完成信息,确定第三终端设备已开始执行P个媒体数据传输业务。又比如,第一终端设备检测第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的M个数据传输通道(分别对应M个媒体数据传输业务),若第一终端设备在设定时长内通过其中的N个数据传输通道未接收到第二终端设备发送的媒体数据,则可以确定第三终端设备已经开始执行P个媒体数据传输业务;示例性地,设定时长可以是协议预先定义的。Here, there may be multiple ways for the first terminal device to determine that the third terminal device has started to perform P media data transmission services. For example, the first terminal device may receive handover completion information from the third terminal device, and then determine based on the handover completion information that the third terminal device has started executing P media data transmission services. For another example, the first terminal device detects M data transmission channels (corresponding to M media data transmission services respectively) between the first terminal device and the second terminal device. If the first terminal device passes N among them within a set time period, If the media data sent by the second terminal device is not received by the data transmission channels, it can be determined that the third terminal device has started to perform P media data transmission services; for example, the set time length may be predefined by the protocol.
示例性地,第一终端设备确定第三终端设备已开始执行P个媒体数据传输业务后,可以暂停执行或终止执行P个媒体数据传输业务所取代的N个媒体数据传输业务。在示例1中,N个媒体数据传输业务为第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的音频数据传输业务。For example, after the first terminal device determines that the third terminal device has started to perform P media data transmission services, it may suspend or terminate the execution of N media data transmission services replaced by the P media data transmission services. In Example 1, the N media data transmission services are audio data transmission services between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
若第一终端设备确定终止执行第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的音频数据传输业务,则可以向通话功能实体发送会话修改请求消息。会话修改请求消息用于请求终止执行第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的音频数据传输业务,此种情形下,会话修改请求消息中不携带音频数据的相关信息,从而使得通话功能实体可以根据会话修改请求消息释放或删除音频通道在第一终端设备侧的地址信息等。参见表17所示,为会话修改请求消息示例。If the first terminal device determines to terminate the audio data transmission service between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, it may send a session modification request message to the call function entity. The session modification request message is used to request the termination of the audio data transmission service between the first terminal device and the second terminal device. In this case, the session modification request message does not carry relevant information of the audio data, so that the call function entity can Release or delete the address information of the audio channel on the first terminal device side according to the session modification request message, etc. See Table 17 for an example session modification request message.
若第一终端设备确定暂停执行第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的音频数据传输业务,则可以暂停通过音频通道与第二终端设备传输音频数据,而无需向通话功能实体发送会话修改请求消息。If the first terminal device determines to suspend the execution of the audio data transmission service between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, it can suspend the transmission of audio data with the second terminal device through the audio channel without sending a session modification request to the call function entity. information.
表17:会话修改请求消息示例
Table 17: Example of session modification request message
S9082,通话功能实体向第一终端设备发送会话修改响应消息。S9082: The call function entity sends a session modification response message to the first terminal device.
此处,通话功能实体接收到来自第一终端设备的会话修改请求消息后,根据会话修改请求消息中携带的会话的标识,可以确定该会话为已经转场的会话;进一步地,通话功能实体根据会话修改请求消息中的内容,可以确定会话修改请求消息是用于请求释放或删除已转场的媒体数据传输业务对应的数据传输通道,因此,通话功能实体可以向第一终端设备发送会话修改响应消息,而无需再将会话修改请求消息转发给第二终端设备。Here, after the call function entity receives the session modification request message from the first terminal device, it can determine that the session is a session that has been transferred according to the session identifier carried in the session modification request message; further, the call function entity can determine according to the session modification request message. According to the content in the session modification request message, it can be determined that the session modification request message is used to request the release or deletion of the data transmission channel corresponding to the transitioned media data transmission service. Therefore, the call function entity can send a session modification response to the first terminal device. message without forwarding the session modification request message to the second terminal device.
参见表18所示,为会话修改响应消息示例。See Table 18 for an example of a session modification response message.
表18:会话修改响应消息示例
Table 18: Example of session modification response message
示例2Example 2
在示例2中,第一终端设备和第二终端设备可以均为智能手机,第三终端设备可以为智能电视,第一终端设备的用户与第二终端设备的用户之间的通话业务为视频通话业务,比如智能电视支持音频数据传输业务、视频数据传输业务和DC数据传输业务,因此,第一终端设备可以将全部数据传输业务转场到第三终端设备。此外,示例2中是以“P=N”为例进行描述的,也就是说,第一终端设备将第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的音频数据传输业务1、视频数据传输业务1、DC数据传输业务1转场到第三终端设备后,第三终端设备可以执行第三终端设备与第二终端设备之间的音频数据传输业务2、视频数据传输业务2、DC数据传输业务2。其中,音频数据传输业务2用于取代音频数据传输业务1,视频数据传输业务2用于取代视频数据传输业务1,DC数据传输业务2用于取代DC数据传输业务1。In Example 2, the first terminal device and the second terminal device may both be smartphones, the third terminal device may be a smart TV, and the call service between the user of the first terminal device and the user of the second terminal device is a video call. Services, for example, smart TVs support audio data transmission services, video data transmission services and DC data transmission services. Therefore, the first terminal device can transfer all data transmission services to the third terminal device. In addition, Example 2 is described using "P=N" as an example. That is to say, the first terminal device transfers the audio data transmission service 1 and the video data transmission service 1 between the first terminal device and the second terminal device. . After the DC data transmission service 1 is transferred to the third terminal device, the third terminal device can perform audio data transmission service 2, video data transmission service 2, and DC data transmission service 2 between the third terminal device and the second terminal device. . Among them, the audio data transmission service 2 is used to replace the audio data transmission service 1, the video data transmission service 2 is used to replace the video data transmission service 1, and the DC data transmission service 2 is used to replace the DC data transmission service 1.
图11为本申请实施例三中S907和S908对应的流程示意图。其中,S907可以包括S9071至S9075,S908可以包括S9081和S9082。Figure 11 is a schematic flowchart corresponding to S907 and S908 in Embodiment 3 of the present application. Among them, S907 may include S9071 to S9075, and S908 may include S9081 and S9082.
S9071,第三终端设备接收到转场请求消息后,向通话功能实体发送会话建立请求消息。S9071: After receiving the transition request message, the third terminal device sends a session establishment request message to the call function entity.
示例性地,会话建立请求消息可以包括第一终端设备的用户标识、第三终端设备的呼叫标识(Call-ID3)、第三终端设备的本端标签(from-tag3)、通话业务对应的会话(即第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的会话)的标识(比如Call-ID1、from-tag1和to-tag2)、第二终端设备的用户标识、第三终端设备的媒体参数。其中,第三终端设备的媒体参数可以指示交接对象,比如交接对象包括音频数据传输业务、视频数据传输业务和DC数据传输业务;示例性地,第三终端设备的媒体参数还可以指示其它可能的信息,比如第三终端设备针对于媒体数据的编码方式、采样率等,具体不做限定。参见表19所示,为会话建立请求消息示例。For example, the session establishment request message may include the user ID of the first terminal device, the call ID (Call-ID3) of the third terminal device, the local tag (from-tag3) of the third terminal device, and the session corresponding to the call service. (ie, the session between the first terminal device and the second terminal device) (such as Call-ID1, from-tag1 and to-tag2), the user identification of the second terminal device, and the media parameters of the third terminal device. The media parameters of the third terminal device may indicate the handover objects. For example, the handover objects include audio data transmission services, video data transmission services and DC data transmission services; for example, the media parameters of the third terminal device may also indicate other possible Information, such as the encoding method and sampling rate of media data of the third terminal device, are not specifically limited. See Table 19 for an example session establishment request message.
表19:会话建立请求消息示例
Table 19: Example of session establishment request message
S9072,通话功能实体接收到会话建立请求消息后,向第二终端设备发送会话修改请求消息。S9072: After receiving the session establishment request message, the call function entity sends a session modification request message to the second terminal device.
此处,通话功能实体根据会话建立请求消息中的会话的标识,可以获知会话建立请求消息用于对通话业务进行转场,进而通话功能实体根据通话业务对应的会话的标识和/或第二终端设备的用户标识),向第二终端设备发送会话修改请求消息。Here, the call function entity can learn that the session establishment request message is used to transfer the call service according to the session identifier in the session establishment request message, and then the call function entity can use the session identifier and/or the second terminal corresponding to the call service to user identification of the device), and sends a session modification request message to the second terminal device.
示例性地,通话功能实体可以根据需要转场的通话业务对应的会话的标识,生成会话修改请求消息。会话修改请求消息可以包括第一终端设备的用户标识、Call-ID1、from-tag1和to-tag2、第二终端设备的用户标识、第三终端设备的媒体参数。参见表20所示,为会话修改请求消息示例。For example, the call function entity may generate a session modification request message according to the identifier of the session corresponding to the call service that needs to be transferred. The session modification request message may include the user identification of the first terminal device, Call-ID1, from-tag1 and to-tag2, the user identification of the second terminal device, and the media parameters of the third terminal device. See Table 20 for an example of a session modification request message.
表20:会话修改请求消息示例
Table 20: Example of session modification request message
S9073,第二终端设备接收到会话修改请求消息,若确定接受会话修改,则可以向通话功能实体发送会话修改响应消息。S9073. The second terminal device receives the session modification request message. If it determines to accept the session modification, it can send a session modification response message to the call function entity.
参见表21所示,为会话修改响应消息示例。See Table 21 for an example of a session modification response message.
表21:会话修改响应消息示例
Table 21: Example of session modification response message
S9074,通话功能实体接收到会话修改响应消息后,向第三终端设备发送会话建立响应消息。S9074: After receiving the session modification response message, the call function entity sends a session establishment response message to the third terminal device.
示例性地,通话功能实体接收到会话修改响应消息后,可以根据会话修改响应消息,生成会话建立响应消息,并向第三终端设备发送会话建立响应消息。For example, after receiving the session modification response message, the call function entity may generate a session establishment response message according to the session modification response message, and send the session establishment response message to the third terminal device.
参见表22所示,为会话建立响应消息示例。See Table 22 for an example of a session establishment response message.
表22:会话建立响应消息示例
Table 22: Example of session establishment response message
如此,第三终端设备接收到会话修改响应消息后,可以获取到音频通道、视频通道和DC应用通道在第二终端设备侧的IP地址和端口号,进而第三终端设备可以通过第三终端设备与第一终端设备之间的音频通道传输通话业务关联的音频数据,通过第三终端设备与第一终端设备之间的视频通道传输通话业务关联的视频数据,以及通过第三终端设备与第一终端设备之间的DC应用通道传输通话业务关联的DC数据。In this way, after receiving the session modification response message, the third terminal device can obtain the IP address and port number of the audio channel, video channel and DC application channel on the second terminal device side, and then the third terminal device can obtain the IP address and port number of the audio channel, video channel and DC application channel through the third terminal device. The audio channel between the third terminal device and the first terminal device transmits the audio data associated with the call service, the video channel between the third terminal device and the first terminal device transmits the video data associated with the call service, and the third terminal device and the first terminal device transmit the video data associated with the call service through the audio channel between the third terminal device and the first terminal device. The DC application channel between terminal devices transmits DC data associated with call services.
S9075,第三终端设备向第一终端设备发送交接完成信息,交接完成信息用于指示第三终端设备已开始执行P个媒体数据传输业务。S9075: The third terminal device sends handover completion information to the first terminal device. The handover completion information is used to indicate that the third terminal device has started executing P media data transmission services.
S9081,第一终端设备确定第三终端设备已开始执行P个媒体数据传输业务后,向通话功能实体发送会话结束请求消息。S9081: After determining that the third terminal device has started executing P media data transmission services, the first terminal device sends a session end request message to the call function entity.
示例性地,第一终端设备确定第三终端设备已开始执行P个媒体数据传输业务后,可以暂停执行或终止执行P个媒体数据传输业务所取代的N个媒体数据传输业务。在示例2中,N个媒体数据传输业务为第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的音频数据传输业务、视频数据传输业务和DC数据传输业务。For example, after the first terminal device determines that the third terminal device has started to perform P media data transmission services, it may suspend or terminate the execution of N media data transmission services replaced by the P media data transmission services. In Example 2, the N media data transmission services are audio data transmission services, video data transmission services and DC data transmission services between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
若第一终端设备确定终止执行第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的音频数据传输业务、视频数据传输业务和DC数据传输业务,则可以向通话功能实体发送会话结束请求消息。会话修改请求消息用于请求结束通话业务对应的会话。If the first terminal device determines to terminate the audio data transmission service, video data transmission service and DC data transmission service between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, it may send a session end request message to the call function entity. The session modification request message is used to request the end of the session corresponding to the call service.
若第一终端设备确定暂停执行第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的音频数据传输业务、视频数据传输业务和DC数据传输业务,则可以暂停通过音频通道与第二终端设备传输音频数据、视频数据和DC数据,而无需向通话功能实体发送会话结束请求消息。If the first terminal device determines to suspend the audio data transmission service, video data transmission service and DC data transmission service between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, it can suspend the transmission of audio data, Video data and DC data without sending a session end request message to the call function entity.
S9082,通话功能实体向第一终端设备发送会话结束响应消息。S9082: The call function entity sends a session end response message to the first terminal device.
此处,通话功能实体接收到来自第一终端设备的会话结束请求消息后,根据会话结束请求消息中携带的会话的标识,可以确定该会话为已经转场的会话,因此,通话功能实体可以向第一终端设备发送会话结束响应消息,而无需再将会话结束请求消息转发给第二终端设备。 Here, after the call function entity receives the session end request message from the first terminal device, it can determine that the session is a session that has been transferred based on the session identifier carried in the session end request message. Therefore, the call function entity can The first terminal device sends the session end response message without forwarding the session end request message to the second terminal device.
上述示例1和示例2,均是以“P=N”为例进行描述的,在其它可能的实施例中,P也可以大于或小于N。举个例子,P=1,N=2,其中,N个媒体数据传输业务包括音频数据传输业务和视频数据传输业务,P个媒体数据传输业务为音视频数据传输业务,音视频数据传输业务2用于取代音频数据传输业务和视频数据传输业务;此种情形下,第三终端设备发送的会话建立请求消息中可以包括音视频数据传输业务的标识,相应地,通话功能实体接收到会话建立请求消息后,根据音视频数据传输业务的标识,可以确定需要对音频数据传输业务1和视频数据传输业务1进行转场,且转场后合并为一个媒体数据传输业务(即音视频数据传输业务);进而,通话功能实体可以向第二终端设备发送会话修改请求消息,用于请求第二终端设备建立音视频数据传输业务对应的数据传输通道。具体实现可以参照示例1和示例2。The above Example 1 and Example 2 are both described using "P=N" as an example. In other possible embodiments, P may also be greater than or less than N. For example, P=1, N=2, where the N media data transmission services include audio data transmission services and video data transmission services, the P media data transmission services are audio and video data transmission services, and the audio and video data transmission services are 2 Used to replace the audio data transmission service and the video data transmission service; in this case, the session establishment request message sent by the third terminal device may include the identifier of the audio and video data transmission service. Correspondingly, the call function entity receives the session establishment request After the message is sent, according to the identification of the audio and video data transmission service, it can be determined that the audio data transmission service 1 and the video data transmission service 1 need to be transitioned, and after the transition, they will be merged into one media data transmission service (i.e., the audio and video data transmission service) ; Furthermore, the call function entity may send a session modification request message to the second terminal device to request the second terminal device to establish a data transmission channel corresponding to the audio and video data transmission service. For specific implementation, please refer to Example 1 and Example 2.
上述示例1和示例2,是以实施例三为例进行描述的。实施例一和实施例二中“第三终端设备根据转场请求消息,执行P个媒体数据传输业务”与实施例三中“第三终端设备根据转场请求消息,执行P个媒体数据传输业务”的区别在于:实施例一和实施例二中,第三终端设备可以使用第三终端设备的用户标识进行注册,进而第三终端设备也可以使用第三终端设备的用户标识发起会话建立请求消息,而实施例三中,第三终端设备是使用第一终端设备的用户标识发起会话建立请求消息;除此区别之外的其它内容,实施例一和实施例二可以参照实施例三。实施例一和实施例二中“第一终端设备暂停执行或终止执行所述N个媒体数据传输业务”的实现可以参照实施例三中“第一终端设备暂停执行或终止执行所述N个媒体数据传输业务”的描述。The above Example 1 and Example 2 are described by taking Embodiment 3 as an example. "The third terminal device performs P media data transmission services according to the transition request message" in Embodiment 1 and 2 and "The third terminal device performs P media data transmission services according to the transition request message" in Embodiment 3. "The difference is that in Embodiment 1 and Embodiment 2, the third terminal device can use the user ID of the third terminal device to register, and then the third terminal device can also use the user ID of the third terminal device to initiate a session establishment request message. , and in Embodiment 3, the third terminal device uses the user ID of the first terminal device to initiate a session establishment request message; for other content other than this difference, Embodiment 1 and Embodiment 2 can refer to Embodiment 3. The implementation of "the first terminal device suspends execution or terminates the execution of the N media data transmission services" in Embodiment 1 and Embodiment 2 can refer to "the first terminal device suspends execution or terminates the execution of the N media data transmission services" in Embodiment 3. "Data transmission business" description.
针对于上述实施例一至实施例三,可以理解的是:Regarding the above-mentioned Embodiment 1 to Embodiment 3, it can be understood that:
(1)针对于上述实施例一至实施例三,当第三终端设备开始执行P个媒体数据传输业务后,第一终端设备可以向第三终端设备发送控制信息,控制信息用于控制P个媒体数据传输业务。示例性地,控制信息可以用于控制P个媒体数据传输业务的传输和/或呈现。(1) Regarding the above-mentioned Embodiment 1 to Embodiment 3, when the third terminal device starts to perform P media data transmission services, the first terminal device can send control information to the third terminal device, and the control information is used to control P media Data transmission business. For example, the control information may be used to control the transmission and/or presentation of P media data transmission services.
比如,P个媒体数据传输业务包括音频数据传输业务和视频数据传输业务,则控制信息可以用于控制第三终端设备将音频数据播放为声音的音量大小、将视频数据显示为动画的窗口大小和/或窗口位置。举个例子,以控制音量大小为例,参见图12,为第一终端设备的界面示意图,第一终端设备的界面上可以包括“音量+”控件、“音量-”控件,进而:当第一终端设备的用户在第一终端设备的界面上点击“音量+”控件时,第一终端设备可以向第三终端设备发送控制信息1,相应地,第三终端设备可以根据控制信息1提高音量;当第一终端设备的用户在第一终端设备的界面上点击“音量-”控件时,第一终端设备可以向第三终端设备发送控制信息2,相应地,第三终端设备可以根据控制信息2降低音量。For example, if the P media data transmission services include audio data transmission services and video data transmission services, the control information can be used to control the volume at which the third terminal device plays audio data as sound, the window size for displaying video data as animation, and /or window position. For example, taking volume control as an example, see Figure 12, which is a schematic diagram of the interface of the first terminal device. The interface of the first terminal device may include a "volume +" control and a "volume -" control. Then: when the first terminal device When the user of the terminal device clicks the "Volume +" control on the interface of the first terminal device, the first terminal device can send control information 1 to the third terminal device. Correspondingly, the third terminal device can increase the volume according to the control information 1; When the user of the first terminal device clicks the "Volume -" control on the interface of the first terminal device, the first terminal device can send control information 2 to the third terminal device. Correspondingly, the third terminal device can control information 2 according to the control information 2. lower the volume.
(2)上述实施例一至实施例三中,是以第二终端设备允许第三终端设备执行P个媒体数据传输业务为例进行描述的,在其它可能的实施例中,第二终端设备也可以不允许第三终端设备执行P个媒体数据传输业务,此种情形下,第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间可以维持通话业务(即转场失败)。比如在上述示例1或示例2中,第二终端设备接收到来自通话功能实体的会话修改请求消息后,确定不接受会话修改,并向通话功能实体发送会话修改失败消息;相应地,通话功能实体接收到会话修改失败消息后,可以向第三终端设备发送会话建立失败消息,以及,第三终端设备接收到会话建立失败消息后,可以向第一终端设备发送交接失败信息;进而,第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间可以维持通话业务。(2) In the above Embodiment 1 to Embodiment 3, the second terminal device allows the third terminal device to perform P media data transmission services as an example. In other possible embodiments, the second terminal device may also The third terminal device is not allowed to perform P media data transmission services. In this case, the call service can be maintained between the first terminal device and the second terminal device (that is, the transition fails). For example, in the above example 1 or example 2, after receiving the session modification request message from the call function entity, the second terminal device determines that it does not accept the session modification, and sends a session modification failure message to the call function entity; accordingly, the call function entity After receiving the session modification failure message, the third terminal device may send a session establishment failure message to the third terminal device, and after receiving the session establishment failure message, the third terminal device may send a handover failure message to the first terminal device; furthermore, the first terminal device The call service can be maintained between the device and the second terminal device.
其中,第二终端设备判断是否允许第三终端设备执行P个媒体数据传输业务的方式可以有多种,比如第二终端设备可以根据第三终端设备针对媒体数据的编码方式和/或采样率,判断是否允许第三终端设备执行P个媒体数据传输业务。具体来说,若第二终端设备与第三终端设备针对媒体数据的编码方式和/或采样率一致,则可以允许第三终端设备执行P个媒体数据传输业务,否则(比如第二终端设备针对视频数据的编码方式为方式1,而第三终端设备针对视频数据的编码方式为方式2,但第二终端设备不支持方式2),可以不允许第三终端设备执行P个媒体数据传输业务。Among them, the second terminal device can determine whether to allow the third terminal device to perform P media data transmission services in a variety of ways. For example, the second terminal device can determine based on the encoding method and/or sampling rate of the media data of the third terminal device. Determine whether the third terminal device is allowed to perform P media data transmission services. Specifically, if the encoding method and/or sampling rate of the media data of the second terminal device and the third terminal device are consistent, the third terminal device may be allowed to perform P media data transmission services, otherwise (for example, the second terminal device is configured for The encoding mode of video data is mode 1, and the encoding mode of the video data of the third terminal device is mode 2, but the second terminal device does not support mode 2), and the third terminal device may not be allowed to perform P media data transmission services.
(3)上述实施例一至实施例三中,针对于第一终端设备的用户和第二终端设备的用户之间的通话业务,第一终端设备可以为通话业务的主叫方,或者第一终端设备也可以为通话业务的被叫方。也就是说,本申请实施例中的转场方案可以适用于通话业务的主叫方,或者也可以适用于通话业务的被叫方。(3) In the above-mentioned Embodiment 1 to Embodiment 3, for the call service between the user of the first terminal device and the user of the second terminal device, the first terminal device may be the calling party of the call service, or the first terminal The device can also be the called party of the call service. That is to say, the transition solution in the embodiment of the present application may be applicable to the calling party of the call service, or may also be applied to the called party of the call service.
(4)上述侧重描述了实施例一至实施例三中不同实施例之间的差异之处,除差异之处的其它内容,实施例一至实施例三之间可以相互参照;此外,同一实施例中,不同实现方式或不同示例之间也可以相互参照。 (4) The above focuses on the differences between different embodiments in Embodiment 1 to 3. Except for other differences, Embodiments 1 to 3 can be referred to each other; in addition, in the same embodiment, , different implementations or different examples can also be cross-referenced.
上述主要从装置之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,为了实现上述功能,装置可以包括执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请的实施例能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The above mainly introduces the solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application from the perspective of interaction between devices. It can be understood that, in order to implement the above functions, the device may include corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules that perform each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that, with the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein, the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving the hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each specific application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对装置进行功能模块或单元的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块或单元,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个模块或单元中。上述集成的模块或单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块或单元的形式实现。Embodiments of the present application can divide the device into functional modules or units according to the above method examples. For example, each functional module or unit can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one module or unit. . The above-mentioned integrated modules or units can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules or units.
在采用集成的单元的情况下,图13示出了本申请实施例中所涉及的装置的可能的示例性框图。如图13所示,装置1300可以包括:处理模块1302和通信模块1303。处理模块1302用于对装置1300的动作进行控制管理。通信模块1303用于支持装置1300与其他设备的通信。可选地,通信模块1303也称为收发模块,可以包括接收模块和/或发送模块,分别用于执行接收和发送操作。装置1300还可以包括存储模块1301,用于存储装置1300的程序代码和/或数据。In the case of using integrated units, Figure 13 shows a possible exemplary block diagram of the device involved in the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 13, the device 1300 may include: a processing module 1302 and a communication module 1303. The processing module 1302 is used to control and manage the actions of the device 1300 . The communication module 1303 is used to support communication between the device 1300 and other devices. Optionally, the communication module 1303 is also called a transceiver module and may include a receiving module and/or a sending module, respectively configured to perform receiving and sending operations. The device 1300 may also include a storage module 1301 for storing program codes and/or data of the device 1300 .
(1)该装置1300可以为上述实施例中的第一终端设备。处理模块1302可以支持装置1300执行上文中各方法示例中第一终端设备的动作。或者,处理模块1302主要执行上述方法示例中的第一终端设备的处理相关的动作或者除收发之外的操作,通信模块1303可以支持装置1300与其它实体之间的通信,比如执行上述方法示例中第一终端设备的收发相关的操作。举例来说,以图9为例,处理模块1302可用于执行图9中的S901、S908,通信模块1303可用于执行图9中的S902、S905、S906。类似地,处理模块1302还可以用于其它流程图(如图4至图8、图10、图11)中第一终端设备的处理相关的操作,通信模块1303还可以用于其它流程图(如图4至图8、图10、图11)中第一终端设备的收发相关的操作。(1) The device 1300 may be the first terminal device in the above embodiment. The processing module 1302 can support the device 1300 to perform the actions of the first terminal device in each of the above method examples. Alternatively, the processing module 1302 mainly performs actions related to processing of the first terminal device in the above method examples or operations other than transceiving. The communication module 1303 can support communication between the device 1300 and other entities, such as performing the above method examples. Operations related to sending and receiving of the first terminal device. For example, taking FIG. 9 as an example, the processing module 1302 can be used to execute S901 and S908 in FIG. 9 , and the communication module 1303 can be used to execute S902, S905, and S906 in FIG. 9 . Similarly, the processing module 1302 can also be used for processing-related operations of the first terminal device in other flowcharts (such as Figures 4 to 8, 10, and 11), and the communication module 1303 can also be used in other flowcharts (such as Transmitting and receiving related operations of the first terminal device in Figures 4 to 8, Figure 10, and Figure 11).
具体地,在一个实施例中,处理模块1302用于:执行所述第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的M个媒体数据传输业务;通信模块1303用于:通过近距离通信连接向第三终端设备发送交接指示信息,所述交接指示信息指示所述第三终端设备执行所述第三终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的P个媒体数据传输业务,所述P个媒体数据传输业务用于取代所述M个媒体数据传输业务中的N个媒体数据传输业务;以及,处理模块1302还用于:确定所述第三终端设备已开始执行所述P个媒体数据传输业务后,暂停执行或终止执行所述N个媒体数据传输业务;其中,每一个媒体数据传输业务用于传输和/或呈现所述第一终端设备的用户与所述第二终端设备的用户之间的通话业务关联的媒体数据;N小于或等于M,P大于或等于或小于N。Specifically, in one embodiment, the processing module 1302 is configured to: perform M media data transmission services between the first terminal device and the second terminal device; the communication module 1303 is configured to: transmit data to the first terminal device through a short distance communication connection. The third terminal device sends handover instruction information, and the handover instruction information instructs the third terminal device to perform P media data transmission services between the third terminal device and the second terminal device, and the P media data The transmission service is used to replace the N media data transmission services among the M media data transmission services; and, the processing module 1302 is also used to: determine that the third terminal device has started to execute the P media data transmission services. , suspend the execution or terminate the execution of the N media data transmission services; wherein each media data transmission service is used to transmit and/or present the communication between the user of the first terminal device and the user of the second terminal device. Media data associated with the call service; N is less than or equal to M, and P is greater than or equal to or less than N.
(2)该装置1300可以为上述实施例中的第三终端设备。处理模块1302可以支持装置1300执行上文中各方法示例中第三终端设备的动作。或者,处理模块1302主要执行上述方法示例中的第三终端设备的处理相关的动作或者除收发之外的操作,通信模块1303可以支持装置1300与其它实体之间的通信,比如执行上述方法示例中第三终端设备的收发相关的操作。举例来说,以图9为例,处理模块1302可用于执行图9中的S907,通信模块1303可用于执行图9中的S902、S903、S904、S905、S906。类似地,处理模块1302还可以用于其它流程图(如图8、图10、图11)中第三终端设备的处理相关的操作,通信模块1303还可以用于其它流程图(如图8、图10、图11)中第三终端设备的收发相关的操作。(2) The device 1300 may be the third terminal device in the above embodiment. The processing module 1302 can support the device 1300 to perform the actions of the third terminal device in the above method examples. Alternatively, the processing module 1302 mainly performs actions related to processing of the third terminal device in the above method examples or operations other than transceiving. The communication module 1303 can support communication between the device 1300 and other entities, such as performing the above method examples. Operations related to sending and receiving of the third terminal device. For example, taking FIG. 9 as an example, the processing module 1302 can be used to execute S907 in FIG. 9 , and the communication module 1303 can be used to execute S902, S903, S904, S905, and S906 in FIG. 9 . Similarly, the processing module 1302 can also be used for processing-related operations of the third terminal device in other flowcharts (as shown in Figures 8, 10, and 11), and the communication module 1303 can also be used in other flowcharts (as shown in Figures 8, 10, and 11). Transmitting and receiving related operations of the third terminal device in Figure 10 and Figure 11).
具体地,在一个实施例中,通信模块1303用于:通过近距离通信连接接收来自第一终端设备的交接指示信息,所述交接指示信息指示所述第三终端设备执行所述第三终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的P个媒体数据传输业务,所述P个媒体数据传输业务用于取代所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的N个媒体数据传输业务;处理模块1302用于:根据所述交接指示信息,执行所述第三终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的P个媒体数据传输业务;其中,每一个媒体数据传输业务用于传输和/或呈现所述第一终端设备的用户与所述第二终端设备的用户之间的通话业务关联的媒体数据;N小于或等于M,P大于或等于或小于N。Specifically, in one embodiment, the communication module 1303 is configured to: receive handover instruction information from the first terminal device through a short-range communication connection, where the handover instruction information instructs the third terminal device to execute the operation of the third terminal device. P media data transmission services between the first terminal device and the second terminal device. The P media data transmission services are used to replace the N media data transmission services between the first terminal device and the second terminal device. ; The processing module 1302 is configured to: execute P media data transmission services between the third terminal device and the second terminal device according to the handover instruction information; wherein each media data transmission service is used to transmit and /Or present media data associated with the call service between the user of the first terminal device and the user of the second terminal device; N is less than or equal to M, and P is greater than or equal to or less than N.
以上装置中模块的划分仅仅是一种逻辑功能的划分,实际实现时可以全部或部分集成到一个物理实体上,也可以物理上分开。且装置中的模块可以全部以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现;也可以全部以硬件的形式实现;还可以部分模块以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现,部分模块以硬件的形式实现。例如,各个模块可以为单独设立的处理元件,也可以集成在装置的某一个芯片中实现,此外,也可以以 程序的形式存储于存储器中,由装置的某一个处理元件调用并执行该模块的功能。此外这些模块全部或部分可以集成在一起,也可以独立实现。这里所述的处理元件又可以成为处理器,可以是一种具有信号的处理能力的集成电路。在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤或以上各个模块可以通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路实现或者以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现。The division of modules in the above device is only a division of logical functions. In actual implementation, it can be fully or partially integrated into a physical entity, or it can also be physically separated. And the modules in the device can all be implemented in the form of software calling through processing elements; they can also all be implemented in the form of hardware; some modules can also be implemented in the form of software calling through processing elements, and some modules can be implemented in the form of hardware. For example, each module can be a separate processing element, or can be integrated into a chip of the device. In addition, it can also be implemented as The form of the program is stored in the memory, and is called by a certain processing element of the device to execute the function of the module. In addition, all or part of these modules can be integrated together or implemented independently. The processing element described here can also be a processor, which can be an integrated circuit with signal processing capabilities. During the implementation process, each step of the above method or each of the above modules can be implemented through an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor element or implemented in the form of software calling through the processing element.
在一个例子中,以上任一装置中的模块可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个特定集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC),或,一个或多个微处理器(digital singnal processor,DSP),或,一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA),或这些集成电路形式中至少两种的组合。再如,当装置中的模块可以通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现时,该处理元件可以是处理器,比如通用中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),或其它可以调用程序的处理器。再如,这些模块可以集成在一起,以片上系统(system-on-a-chip,SOC)的形式实现。In one example, the module in any of the above devices may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, such as: one or more application specific integrated circuits (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), or one or Multiple microprocessors (digital signal processor, DSP), or one or more field programmable gate arrays (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA), or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms. For another example, when the module in the device can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler, the processing element can be a processor, such as a general central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), or other processors that can call programs. For another example, these modules can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
以上用于接收的模块是一种该装置的接口电路,用于从其它装置接收信号。例如,当该装置以芯片的方式实现时,该接收模块是该芯片用于从其它芯片或装置接收信号的接口电路。以上用于发送的模块是一种该装置的接口电路,用于向其它装置发送信号。例如,当该装置以芯片的方式实现时,该发送模块是该芯片用于向其它芯片或装置发送信号的接口电路。The above module for receiving is an interface circuit of the device and is used to receive signals from other devices. For example, when the device is implemented as a chip, the receiving module is an interface circuit used by the chip to receive signals from other chips or devices. The above module used for sending is an interface circuit of the device and is used to send signals to other devices. For example, when the device is implemented as a chip, the sending module is an interface circuit used by the chip to send signals to other chips or devices.
参见图14,为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图,该终端设备可应用于如图1所示的通信系统中,用于实现以上实施例中第一终端设备或第三终端设备的操作。如图14所示,该终端设备包括:天线1410、射频部分1420、信号处理部分1430。天线1410与射频部分1420连接。在下行方向上,射频部分1420通过天线1410接收接入网设备发送的信息,将接入网设备发送的信息发送给信号处理部分1430进行处理。在上行方向上,信号处理部分1430对终端设备的信息进行处理,并发送给射频部分1420,射频部分1420对终端设备的信息进行处理后经过天线1410发送给接入网设备。Refer to Figure 14, which is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The terminal device can be applied in the communication system shown in Figure 1 and is used to implement the first terminal device or the third terminal in the above embodiment. Operation of the equipment. As shown in Figure 14, the terminal device includes: an antenna 1410, a radio frequency part 1420, and a signal processing part 1430. The antenna 1410 is connected to the radio frequency part 1420. In the downlink direction, the radio frequency part 1420 receives the information sent by the access network device through the antenna 1410, and sends the information sent by the access network device to the signal processing part 1430 for processing. In the uplink direction, the signal processing part 1430 processes the information of the terminal equipment and sends it to the radio frequency part 1420. The radio frequency part 1420 processes the information of the terminal equipment and then sends it to the access network equipment through the antenna 1410.
信号处理部分1430可以包括调制解调子系统,用于实现对数据各通信协议层的处理;还可以包括中央处理子系统,用于实现对终端设备操作系统以及应用层的处理;此外,还可以包括其它子系统,例如多媒体子系统,周边子系统等,其中多媒体子系统用于实现对终端设备相机,屏幕显示等的控制,周边子系统用于实现与其它设备的连接。调制解调子系统可以为单独设置的芯片。The signal processing part 1430 may include a modulation and demodulation subsystem for processing each communication protocol layer of data; it may also include a central processing subsystem for processing the operating system and application layer of the terminal device; in addition, it may It includes other subsystems, such as multimedia subsystem, peripheral subsystem, etc. The multimedia subsystem is used to control the camera, screen display, etc. of the terminal device, and the peripheral subsystem is used to realize the connection with other devices. The modem subsystem can be a separately configured chip.
调制解调子系统可以包括一个或多个处理元件1431,例如,包括一个主控CPU和其它集成电路。此外,该调制解调子系统还可以包括存储元件1432和接口电路1433。存储元件1432用于存储数据和程序,但用于执行以上方法中终端设备所执行的方法的程序可能不存储于该存储元件1432中,而是存储于调制解调子系统之外的存储器中,使用时调制解调子系统加载使用。接口电路1433用于与其它子系统通信。The modem subsystem may include one or more processing elements 1431, including, for example, a host CPU and other integrated circuits. In addition, the modem subsystem may also include a storage element 1432 and an interface circuit 1433. The storage element 1432 is used to store data and programs, but the program used to perform the method performed by the terminal device in the above method may not be stored in the storage element 1432, but is stored in a memory outside the modem subsystem. The modem subsystem is loaded and used when used. Interface circuit 1433 is used to communicate with other subsystems.
该调制解调子系统可以通过芯片实现,该芯片包括至少一个处理元件和接口电路,其中处理元件用于执行以上终端设备执行的任一种方法的各个步骤,接口电路用于与其它装置通信。在一种实现中,终端设备实现以上方法中各个步骤的单元可以通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现,例如用于终端设备的装置包括处理元件和存储元件,处理元件调用存储元件存储的程序,以执行以上方法实施例中终端设备执行的方法。存储元件可以为与处理元件处于同一芯片上的存储元件,即片内存储元件。The modulation and demodulation subsystem can be implemented by a chip, which includes at least one processing element and an interface circuit, wherein the processing element is used to perform various steps of any method performed by the above terminal equipment, and the interface circuit is used to communicate with other devices. In one implementation, the unit for the terminal device to implement each step in the above method can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler. For example, the device for the terminal device includes a processing element and a storage element, and the processing element calls a program stored in the storage element to Execute the method executed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment. The storage element may be a storage element on the same chip as the processing element, that is, an on-chip storage element.
在另一种实现中,用于执行以上方法中终端设备所执行的方法的程序可以在与处理元件处于不同芯片上的存储元件,即片外存储元件。此时,处理元件从片外存储元件调用或加载程序于片内存储元件上,以调用并执行以上方法实施例中终端设备执行的方法。In another implementation, the program for executing the method performed by the terminal device in the above method may be in a storage element on a different chip from the processing element, that is, an off-chip storage element. At this time, the processing element calls from the off-chip storage element or loads the program on the on-chip storage element to call and execute the method executed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
在又一种实现中,终端设备实现以上方法中各个步骤的单元可以是被配置成一个或多个处理元件,这些处理元件设置于调制解调子系统上,这里的处理元件可以为集成电路,例如:一个或多个ASIC,或,一个或多个DSP,或,一个或者多个FPGA,或者这些类集成电路的组合。这些集成电路可以集成在一起,构成芯片。In yet another implementation, the unit of the terminal device that implements each step in the above method may be configured as one or more processing elements. These processing elements are provided on the modulation and demodulation subsystem. The processing elements here may be integrated circuits. For example: one or more ASICs, or one or more DSPs, or one or more FPGAs, or a combination of these types of integrated circuits. These integrated circuits can be integrated together to form a chip.
终端设备实现以上方法中各个步骤的单元可以集成在一起,以SOC的形式实现,该SOC芯片,用于实现以上方法。该芯片内可以集成至少一个处理元件和存储元件,由处理元件调用存储元件的存储的程序的形式实现以上终端设备执行的方法;或者,该芯片内可以集成至少一个集成电路,用于实现以上终端设备执行的方法;或者,可以结合以上实现方式,部分单元的功能通过处理元件调用程序的形式实现,部分单元的功能通过集成电路的形式实现。The units of the terminal device that implement each step in the above method can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a SOC. The SOC chip is used to implement the above method. The chip can integrate at least one processing element and a storage element, and the processing element calls the stored program of the storage element to implement the above method executed by the terminal device; or, the chip can integrate at least one integrated circuit to implement the above terminal device. The method of device execution; or, the above implementation methods can be combined, and the functions of some units are realized in the form of processing components calling programs, and the functions of some units are realized in the form of integrated circuits.
可见,以上用于终端设备的装置可以包括至少一个处理元件和接口电路,其中至少一个处理元件用 于执行以上方法实施例所提供的任一种终端设备执行的方法。处理元件可以以第一种方式:即调用存储元件存储的程序的方式执行终端设备执行的部分或全部步骤;也可以以第二种方式:即通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路结合指令的方式执行终端设备执行的部分或全部步骤;当然,也可以结合第一种方式和第二种方式执行终端设备执行的部分或全部步骤。It can be seen that the above device for terminal equipment may include at least one processing element and an interface circuit, wherein at least one processing element is used The method is executed by any terminal device provided in the above method embodiments. The processing element can execute part or all of the steps executed by the terminal device in the first way: that is, by calling the program stored in the storage element; or it can also use the second way: that is, by combining the instructions with the integrated logic circuit of the hardware in the processor element. method to perform part or all of the steps performed by the terminal device; of course, the first method and the second method may also be combined to perform part or all of the steps performed by the terminal device.
这里的处理元件同以上描述,可以通过处理器实现,处理元件的功能可以和图13中所描述的处理单元的功能相同。示例性地,处理元件可以是通用处理器,例如CPU,还可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个ASIC,或,一个或多个微处理器DSP,或,一个或者多个FPGA等,或这些集成电路形式中至少两种的组合。存储元件可以通过存储器实现,存储元件的功能可以和图13中所描述的存储单元的功能相同。存储元件可以是一个存储器,也可以是多个存储器的统称。The processing elements here are the same as described above and can be implemented by a processor. The functions of the processing elements can be the same as the functions of the processing unit described in FIG. 13 . Exemplarily, the processing element may be a general-purpose processor, such as a CPU, or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, such as: one or more ASICs, or one or more microprocessors DSP , or, one or more FPGAs, etc., or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms. The storage element can be implemented by a memory, and the function of the storage element can be the same as the function of the storage unit described in FIG. 13 . The storage element can be one memory or a collective name for multiple memories.
图14所示的终端设备能够实现上述方法实施例中涉及终端设备的各个过程。图14所示的终端设备中的各个模块的操作和/或功能,分别为了实现上述方法实施例中的相应流程。具体可参见上述方法实施例中的描述,为避免重复,此处适当省略详述描述。The terminal device shown in Figure 14 can implement various processes related to the terminal device in the above method embodiment. The operations and/or functions of each module in the terminal device shown in Figure 14 are respectively intended to implement the corresponding processes in the above method embodiment. For details, please refer to the description in the above method embodiments. To avoid repetition, the detailed description is appropriately omitted here.
本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”可被互换使用。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A、同时存在A和B、单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如“A,B和C中的至少一个”包括A,B,C,AB,AC,BC或ABC。以及,除非有特别说明,本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词是用于对多个对象进行区分,不用于限定多个对象的顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度。The terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of this application may be used interchangeably. "And/or" describes the relationship between associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist simultaneously, and B alone exists, where A, B can be singular or plural. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions thereof refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (items) or a plurality of items (items). For example, "at least one of A, B, and C" includes A, B, C, AB, AC, BC, or ABC. And, unless otherwise specified, the ordinal numbers such as "first" and "second" mentioned in the embodiments of this application are used to distinguish multiple objects and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority or importance of multiple objects. degree.
本领域内的技术人员应明白,本申请的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此,本申请可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且,本申请可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器、光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。Those skilled in the art will understand that embodiments of the present application may be provided as methods, systems, or computer program products. Accordingly, the present application may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or an embodiment that combines software and hardware aspects. Furthermore, the present application may take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including, but not limited to, disk storage, optical storage, etc.) having computer-usable program code embodied therein.
本申请是参照根据本申请的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器,使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。The present application is described with reference to flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams of methods, apparatus (systems), and computer program products according to the present application. Each process and/or block in the flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams, and combinations of processes and/or blocks in the flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams, can be implemented by computer program instructions. These computer program instructions may be provided to a processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, embedded processor, or other programmable data processing device to produce a machine, such that the instructions executed by the processor of the computer or other programmable data processing device produce a use A device for realizing the functions specified in one process or multiple processes of the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks of the block diagram.
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中,使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品,该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。These computer program instructions may also be stored in a computer-readable memory that causes a computer or other programmable data processing apparatus to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce an article of manufacture including the instruction means, the instructions The device implements the functions specified in a process or processes of the flowchart and/or a block or blocks of the block diagram.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These computer program instructions may also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device, causing a series of operating steps to be performed on the computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing, thereby executing on the computer or other programmable device. Instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in a process or processes of a flowchart diagram and/or a block or blocks of a block diagram.
显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。 Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the present application without departing from the spirit and scope of the present application. In this way, if these modifications and variations of the present application fall within the scope of the claims of the present application and equivalent technologies, the present application is also intended to include these modifications and variations.
Claims (38)
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN202210788490.0A CN117395619A (en) | 2022-07-04 | 2022-07-04 | A communication method, device and system |
| CN202210788490.0 | 2022-07-04 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2024007923A1 true WO2024007923A1 (en) | 2024-01-11 |
Family
ID=89454221
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2023/103451 Ceased WO2024007923A1 (en) | 2022-07-04 | 2023-06-28 | Communication method, apparatus, and system |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| CN (1) | CN117395619A (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2024007923A1 (en) |
Citations (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN105407373A (en) * | 2015-12-11 | 2016-03-16 | 小米科技有限责任公司 | Audio and video playback method and device |
| WO2021234213A1 (en) * | 2020-05-20 | 2021-11-25 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Exchange of maximum permissible exposure related information during handover |
-
2022
- 2022-07-04 CN CN202210788490.0A patent/CN117395619A/en active Pending
-
2023
- 2023-06-28 WO PCT/CN2023/103451 patent/WO2024007923A1/en not_active Ceased
Patent Citations (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN105407373A (en) * | 2015-12-11 | 2016-03-16 | 小米科技有限责任公司 | Audio and video playback method and device |
| WO2021234213A1 (en) * | 2020-05-20 | 2021-11-25 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Exchange of maximum permissible exposure related information during handover |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| CN117395619A (en) | 2024-01-12 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US9197680B2 (en) | Establishing and controlling audio and voice back channels of a Wi-Fi display connection | |
| US9544718B2 (en) | Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving audio stream in wireless communication system | |
| CN103931264B (en) | Communication connection establishment method and terminal | |
| KR101855024B1 (en) | Wireless media sharing from multiple sources to a single sink | |
| US20170034149A1 (en) | Intelligent Communications Method, Terminal, and System | |
| US10264038B2 (en) | Discovery and management of synchronous audio or video streaming service to multiple sinks in wireless display system | |
| CN102833345B (en) | A kind of equipment room shares the method for content, Apparatus and system | |
| AU2015386336B2 (en) | Information processing device, information processing method, and program | |
| JP7037358B2 (en) | Information processing equipment, information processing methods and programs | |
| WO2018000336A1 (en) | Rrc connection establishment method and device | |
| CN103052169B (en) | System and method for mobile terminal conversation interaction and mobile terminal | |
| CN104125200A (en) | Multi-screen interaction method, equipment and system | |
| CN115484236A (en) | Method, device, equipment, IMS control system and readable storage medium for establishing data channel | |
| CN117692437A (en) | Communication methods, devices and systems | |
| WO2024212140A1 (en) | Data service processing method and apparatus, and computer storage medium | |
| CN108353267B (en) | Communication apparatus and communication method | |
| US20200186636A1 (en) | Enabling call transfer using headset | |
| CN114501490B (en) | Service transfer method, terminal and network side equipment | |
| WO2024007923A1 (en) | Communication method, apparatus, and system | |
| CN103533054A (en) | Method for realizing coordinated processing among multiple terminals and multi-terminal coordinated processing device | |
| EP4395305A1 (en) | Communication method, apparatus and system | |
| WO2024198845A1 (en) | Information transmission method and apparatus, and system | |
| CN101567827A (en) | Method and system for transmitting session records in terminal session switching, equipment and terminals | |
| WO2025066464A1 (en) | Communication method, communication apparatus, and communication system | |
| CN120456349A (en) | Method and device for establishing a data channel |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 23834691 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 23834691 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |